NE40E X3&NE40E X8&NE40E X16 Hardware Description (V600R003C00 - 02)

HUAWEI NetEngine40E Router
V600R003C00
Hardware Description
Issue 02
Date 2011-09-10
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2011. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 02 (2011-09-10) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
About This Document
Purpose
This document describes the contents, related version, intended audience, conventions, and
update history of the HUAWEI NetEngine40E Universal Service Router Hardware Description.
Intended Audience
The intended audience of this document are:
l Commissioning Engineers
l Data Configuration Engineers
l Network Monitoring Engineers
l System Maintenance Engineers
Symbol Conventions
The symbols used in this document are described in the following table. They are defined as
follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if
not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of
risk, which if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if
not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data
loss, performance degradation, or unexpected
results.
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or
save time.
Hardware Description About This Document
ii
Symbol Description
Provides additional information to emphasize or
supplement important points of the main text.

Update History
Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issue contains
all updates made in previous issues.
Changes in Issue 02 (2011-09-10)
Second commercial release.
Updates in Issue 01 (2011-05-30)
Initial commercial release.
Hardware Description About This Document
iii
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Product Overview..........................................................................................................................1
1.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................2
2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview.....................................................................................................3
2.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................4
2.1.1 System Overview.......................................................................................................................................4
2.1.2 System Architecture..................................................................................................................................5
2.1.3 System Features.........................................................................................................................................5
2.1.4 System Configuration................................................................................................................................6
2.1.5 NE40E-X16 Hardware Description...........................................................................................................6
2.2 Power Supply System.........................................................................................................................................9
2.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System.................................................................................................9
2.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System...................................................................................................10
2.2.3 DC Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................10
2.2.4 AC Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................13
2.3 Heat Dissipation System...................................................................................................................................15
2.3.1 System Air Channel.................................................................................................................................15
2.3.2 Air Intake Vent........................................................................................................................................16
2.3.3 Fan Module..............................................................................................................................................16
2.3.4 Air Filter..................................................................................................................................................17
2.3.5 Fan Speed Adjustment.............................................................................................................................18
2.3.6 FFU..........................................................................................................................................................19
2.4 Switching Network...........................................................................................................................................20
2.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network...................................................................................................20
2.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B)........................................................................................................21
2.4.3 CR5DSFUI407B......................................................................................................................................23
2.5 Control Plane....................................................................................................................................................24
2.5.1 Introduction to the Control Plane............................................................................................................24
2.5.2 CR5D0MPUB460....................................................................................................................................25
2.5.3 CMU........................................................................................................................................................30
2.6 Physical Specifications.....................................................................................................................................33
2.6.1 Chassis Specifications.............................................................................................................................33
Hardware Description Contents
iv
2.6.2 Board Specifications................................................................................................................................34
3.1 Overview..........................................................................................................................................................41
3.1.1 System Overview.....................................................................................................................................41
3.1.2 System Architecture................................................................................................................................41
3.1.3 System Features.......................................................................................................................................42
3.1.4 System Configuration..............................................................................................................................43
3.2 Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................................45
3.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System...............................................................................................45
3.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System...................................................................................................45
3.3.2 Air Intake Vent........................................................................................................................................51
3.3.3 Fan Module..............................................................................................................................................51
3.3.4 Air Filter..................................................................................................................................................52
3.3.6 FFU..........................................................................................................................................................53
3.4 Switching Network...........................................................................................................................................55
3.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network...................................................................................................55
3.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit C(SFUI-200-C)........................................................................................................56
3.4.3 CR5DSFUI407C......................................................................................................................................57
3.5 Control Plane....................................................................................................................................................59
3.5.2 CR5D0SRUA570....................................................................................................................................60
3.5.3 CR5D0SRUA470....................................................................................................................................65
3.5.4 CMU........................................................................................................................................................70
3.6.1 Chassis Specification...............................................................................................................................73
4.1 Overview..........................................................................................................................................................80
4.1.1 System Overview.....................................................................................................................................80
4.1.2 System Features.......................................................................................................................................81
4.1.3 System Configuration .............................................................................................................................81
4.2 Power Supply System.......................................................................................................................................84
4.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System...............................................................................................84
4.2.2 Diagram of the Power Supply System.....................................................................................................84
v
4.3.2 Air Intake Vent........................................................................................................................................89
4.3.3 Fan Module..............................................................................................................................................89
4.3.4 Air Filter..................................................................................................................................................90
4.4 Control Plane....................................................................................................................................................91
4.4.2 CR52-MPUD...........................................................................................................................................92
4.5.1 Chassis Specifications.............................................................................................................................96
5 NE40E-8 Chassis Overview......................................................................................................102
5.1 Overview........................................................................................................................................................103
5.1.1 Device Structure....................................................................................................................................103
5.1.2 System Configuration............................................................................................................................105
5.2 Power Supply..................................................................................................................................................106
5.2.1 DC Power Supply Module.....................................................................................................................107
5.2.2 AC Power Supply Module.....................................................................................................................110
5.3 Heat Dissipation System.................................................................................................................................112
5.3.1 Appearance of the Fan Module.............................................................................................................113
5.3.2 Front Panel.............................................................................................................................................114
5.3.3 Air Filter................................................................................................................................................115
5.3.4 Functions of the FCB.............................................................................................................................115
5.3.5 Technical Parameters.............................................................................................................................115
5.4 SFU.................................................................................................................................................................116
5.4.1 Overview...............................................................................................................................................116
5.4.2 Features and Functions..........................................................................................................................117
5.4.3 Panel......................................................................................................................................................117
5.4.4 Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................118
5.5 SRU................................................................................................................................................................118
5.5.1 Overview...............................................................................................................................................118
5.5.2 Features and Functions..........................................................................................................................119
5.5.3 Panel......................................................................................................................................................120
5.5.4 Interface Attributes................................................................................................................................124
5.6 Physical Specifications...................................................................................................................................127
5.6.1 Chassis Specifications...........................................................................................................................127
5.6.2 Board Specifications..............................................................................................................................128
6 Boards..........................................................................................................................................131
6.1 Service Process Unit.......................................................................................................................................132
vi
6.1.1 Versatile Service Process Unit C...........................................................................................................132
6.1.2 Flexible Card Versatile Service Unit 10(VSUF-10)..............................................................................137
6.1.3 Integrated Versatile Service Unit 20 A(VSUI-20-A)............................................................................139
6.2 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-100,four slots)............................................................................141
6.2.1 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting1588v2) .............................................143
6.2.2 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card(P100,Occupy two sub-slots)..............................................147
6.2.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card..........................................................................................150
6.3 Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100)..................................................................................................153
6.3.1 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-100,Supporting 1588v2)
........................................................................................................................................................................154
6.3.2 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100).........................................158
6.4 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots)............................................................................162
6.4.1 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card........................................................................................164
6.4.2 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2)...................................................168
6.4.3 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.....................................................................................171
6.4.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card..................................................................................174
6.4.5 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).............................................176
6.4.6 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B..............................................................................179
6.4.7 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card......................................................................................182
6.4.8 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .................................................................................184
6.5 Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-40)..................................................................................................188
6.5.1 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-40)...................................188
6.5.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-40)..........................................191
6.6 Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-41)...................................................................................................195
6.6.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41)..........................................204
6.6.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-41).......................................................................................................................................................208
6.6.5 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
........................................................................................................................................................................214
6.6.6 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)..........218
6.6.7 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)........................................................................................................................223
6.7 Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).................................................................................................................228
6.7.1 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S (LPUS-41)................................................229
6.7.2 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).................................................233
6.7.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).......................................................237
6.8 Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20).................................................................................................................242
6.8.1 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20).................................................242
6.8.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20)............................................................245
6.8.3 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S.......................................................................249
6.9 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-21,2 sub-slots)............................................................................251
vii
6.9.1 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card..................................................................................254
6.9.2 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).............................................258
6.9.3 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B..............................................................................262
6.9.4 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E............................................................................................266
6.9.5 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card............................................................................................269
6.9.6 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).......................................................274
6.9.7 12-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.....................................................................................277
6.9.8 10-Port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E............................................................................................281
6.9.9 12-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card......................................................................................284
6.9.10 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card...........................................................................287
6.9.11 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20)...............................................290
6.9.12 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card....................................................................................294
6.9.13 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card..........................................................................................296
6.9.14 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card..............................300
6.10 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-10,four slots)............................................................................304
6.10.1 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card...........................................................................306
6.10.2 1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP Flexible Card..............................................................................309
6.10.5 4-Port OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP Flexible Card................................................................................319
6.10.6 8-Port OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP Flexible Card................................................................................323
6.10.7 4-Port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card..................................................................................326
6.10.8 8-Port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card..................................................................................330
6.10.9 2-Port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP Flexible Card..............................................................................333
6.10.10 4-Port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP Flexible Card..............................................................................337
6.10.11 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card .....................................................................................340
6.10.12 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).................................................344
6.10.13 2-Port Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card...........................................................348
6.10.14 24-Port Channelized E1/T1-DB100 Flexible Card...........................................................................351
6.10.15 4-Port Clear Channel E3/Channelized T3-SMB Flexible Card.........................................................354
7 Cables...........................................................................................................................................357
7.1 DC-Input Power Cable...................................................................................................................................358
7.1.1 NE40E-X16 DC-Input Power Cable.....................................................................................................358
7.1.2 NE40E-X8 DC-Input Power Cable.......................................................................................................359
7.1.3 NE40E-X3 DC-Input Power Cable.......................................................................................................361
7.1.4 NE40E-8 DC-Input Power Cable..........................................................................................................362
7.2 AC-input Power Cable....................................................................................................................................363
7.2.1 NE40E-X16 AC-input Power Cable......................................................................................................363
7.2.2 NE40E-X8 AC-input Power Cable........................................................................................................364
7.2.3 NE40E-X3 AC-input Power Cable........................................................................................................365
7.2.4 NE40E-8 AC-input Power Cable..........................................................................................................365
7.3 Chassis and Cabinet Grounding Cable...........................................................................................................365
viii
7.3.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................366
7.3.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................366
7.4 Console Port Cable.........................................................................................................................................366
7.4.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................366
7.4.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................366
7.5 Auxiliary Port Cable.......................................................................................................................................368
7.5.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................368
7.5.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................368
7.6 Clock Cable....................................................................................................................................................370
7.6.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................370
7.6.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................370
7.7 Ethernet Cable................................................................................................................................................374
7.7.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................374
7.7.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................375
7.8 Optical Fiber...................................................................................................................................................377
7.8.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................377
7.8.2 Optical Connectors................................................................................................................................378
7.9 CE1/CT1/E3/T3 Cable...................................................................................................................................380
7.9.1 Introduction...........................................................................................................................................380
7.9.2 Structure.................................................................................................................................................380
A List of Indicators.......................................................................................................................383
A.1 Indicators of NE40E-X16..............................................................................................................................384
A.1.1 Fan Module Indicators..........................................................................................................................384
A.1.2 Power Module Indicators......................................................................................................................384
A.1.3 MPU Indicators.....................................................................................................................................384
A.1.4 SFU Indicators......................................................................................................................................385
A.1.5 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................386
A.2 Indicators of NE40E-X8................................................................................................................................386
A.2.3 SRU Indicators......................................................................................................................................387
A.2.4 SFU Indicators......................................................................................................................................388
A.2.5 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................389
A.3 Indicators of NE40E-X3................................................................................................................................389
ix
A.3.3 MPU Indicators.....................................................................................................................................391
A.3.4 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................392
A.4 Indicators of NE40E-8...................................................................................................................................392
A.4.3 SRU Indicators......................................................................................................................................393
A.4.4 SFU Indicators......................................................................................................................................394
A.4.5 LPU Indicators......................................................................................................................................394
B List of Boards.............................................................................................................................396
B.1 Boards............................................................................................................................................................397
B.2 Power Consumption and Weight...................................................................................................................401
C List of Interface Attributes......................................................................................................407
C.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45................................................................408
C.2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX...............................................................................................................408
C.3 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP.......................................................................................................409
C.4 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP.................................................................................................410
C.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP........................................................................................411
C.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+.................................................................................................412
C.7 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP........................................................................................413
C.8 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP..........................................................................................414
C.9 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP........................................................................................415
C.10 Interface Attributes of OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP....................................................................................416
C.11 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP.................................................................................417
C.12 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP......................................................................................418
C.13 Interface Attributes of OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP....................................................................................419
C.14 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1..................................................................................................................420
C.15 Interface Attributes of E3/T3.......................................................................................................................420
D Optical Module.........................................................................................................................422
D.1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module..........................................................................................................423
D.2 622 Mbit/s eSFP Optical Module..................................................................................................................433
D.3 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceiver......................................................................................................................439
D.4 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC Optical Module.................................................................................................................441
D.5 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module..........................................................................................................448
D.6 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module............................................................................................................461
D.7 10 Gbit/s XFP Optical Module......................................................................................................................467
D.8 10-Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Module....................................................................................................................473
D.9 155-Mbit/s CSFP Optical Module.................................................................................................................478
D.10 1.25Gbit/s CSFP Optical Module................................................................................................................481
E Glossary......................................................................................................................................484
x
F Acronyms and Abbreviations.................................................................................................486
xi
1 Product Overview
About This Chapter
This chapter provides the positioning of the HUAWEI NetEngine40E Universal Service Router
in the network.
1.1 Overview
Hardware Description 1 Product Overview
1
1.1 Overview
The HUAWEI NetEngine40E Universal Service Router (hereinafter referred to as the
NE40E) is a high-end Router with 10-Gbit/s interfaces designed for core and backbone networks.
The NE40E is positioned as the edge or convergence router on the IP backbone network.
Based on the powerful Versatile Routing Platform (VRP), the NE40E features the following:
l Rich services
l Large capacity
l High performance
l High availability
Hardware Description 1 Product Overview
2
2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview
About This Chapter
2.1 Overview
This section gives an overview of the NE40E-X16 hardware.
2.2 Power Supply System
This chapter describes the power supply system used by the NE40E.
2.3 Heat Dissipation System
This section describes the appearance, functions, and specifications of the heat dissipation
system.
2.4 Switching Network
This section describes the functions of the SFU.
2.5 Control Plane
This chapter describes the control plane of the NE40E-X16.
2.6 Physical Specifications
This section describes the specifications of the chassis and boards.
Hardware Description 2 NE40E-X16 Chassis Overview
3
2.1 Overview
2.1.1 System Overview
This section gives an overview of the system.
The NE40E series adopt a centralized routing engine and distributed forwarding architecture.
This helps to provide rich and flexible service and to perform large-capacity forwarding.
The NE40E-X16 has an integrated chassis, with main components which all support hot
swapping.
The NE40E-X16 supports all the Line Processing Units (LPUs) on the former NE40E, but the
Main Processing Units (MPUs) and Switch and Fabric Units (SFUs) are new.
As shown in Figure 2-1, the NE40E-X16 has 16 LPU slots.The switching capacity of the entire
system is 12.58 Tbit/s.
Figure 2-1 Appearance of the NE40E-X16

4
2.1.2 System Architecture
This section describes the system architecture.
The NE40E-X16 adopts a system architecture shown in Figure 2-2. In this architecture, the data
plane, management and control plane, and monitoring plane are separated. This design helps to
improve system reliability and facilitates upgrading of each plane separately.
Figure 2-2 Diagram of the system architecture
Switching
network
control unit
LPU LPU
LPU LPU
SFU
SRU
Monitoring
unit
Monitoring
unit
System
monitoring unit
System
monitoring unit
Management
unit
Management
unit
Forwarding
unit
Forwarding
unit
Switching
network
Monitoring
plane
Control and
management
plane
Data
plane
Monitoring
unit
Monitoring
unit
Management
unit
Forwarding
unit
Forwarding
unit
Management
unit

2.1.3 System Features
This section describes the main features.
The NE40E-X16 provides the following system features:
l Unblocked switching network that can be upgraded, with switching capacity at the Tbit/s
level
l Distributed hardware-based forwarding and fast service deployment
l Compact structure to increase interface density
l Normalized design of system components
l Separation of the control channel, service channel, and monitoring channel to ensure non-
blacking control channels and monitoring channels
l Carrier-class high reliability and manageability
5
l Shielding at the modular level to meet Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements
l Hot-swappable boards, power modules, and fans
l U-shaped air channels to improve system heat dissipation
l Distributed power supply to enhance power supply capability for a single chassis
l 200-mm ( 7.87 in. )fans with a filtering box, and support for NEBS and ETSI
l MPUs in 1:1 backup mode
l SFUs in load balancing mode
l Backup for key components such as power modules, fan modules, clocks, and management
buses
l Protection against incorrect of boards
l Queries about alarm prompts, alarm indications, running status, and alarm status of the
voltage and ambient temperature
2.1.4 System Configuration
This section describes the system configuration and physical parameters of the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-1 System configuration list of the NE40E-X16
Item Description Remarks
Processing unit Main frequency: 1.5 GHz -
BootROM 8 MB -
SDRAM 2 GB Can be extended to 4 GB.
NVRAM 4 MB -
Flash 32 MB -
CF card 2 GB Two 1 GB CF cards.
Switching capacity 12.58 Tbit/s
(bidirectional)
-
Interface capacity 3.2 Tbit/s (bidirectional) -
Number of LPU slots 16 -
Number of MPU slots 2 -
Number of SFU slots 4 -

2.1.5 NE40E-X16 Hardware Description
This section describes the main components and slot layout of the NE40E-X16.
6
Components of the NE40E-X16
The NE40E-X16 has an integrated chassis, with main components which all support hot
swapping.
Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4 show the architecture and main components of the NE40E-X16.
Figure 2-3 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X16 (front view)
1. Air intake vent 2. ESD jack 3. Cabling trough 4. Handle 5. Air intake vent
6. Rack-mounting ear

7
Figure 2-4 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X16 (rear view)
1. Fan module 2. Filtering box 3.DC power module 4. AC power management interface 5.CMU

Slot Layout on the NE40E-X16
Figure 2-5 shows the slot layout on the NE40E-X16.
8
Figure 2-5 Slot layout on the NE40E-X16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12 9 10 11 13 14 15 16
19
20
21
22
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
M
P
U
M
P
U
SFU
SFU
SFU
SFU
17 18
8

Table 2-2 describes the slot layout on the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-2 Board distribution in the board cage of the NE40E-X16
Slot
Number
Quant
ity
Slot Width Remarks
1 to 16 16 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots are used to hold LPUs.
17 to 18 2 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots hold MPUs that work in 1:1
backup mode.
19 to 22 4 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots are used to hold SFUs that work
in 3+1 load balancing mode.

This chapter describes the power supply system used by the NE40E.
2.2.1 Architecture of the Power Supply System
This section describes the features of the power supply system.
The NE40E-X16 supports either DC or AC power supply.
9
In the case of a DC power supply system, eight 70 A Power Entry Modules (PEMs) are inserted
at the rear of the chassis, working in 4+4 load balancing mode.
In the case of an AC power supply system, two AC power frames are placed outside the chassis
and installed with rectifier modules based on system power. The AC power frames are then
connected to the input terminals on the DC-PEMs to supply power for the system. (In short,
external AC power frames are added to the DC power supply system to constitute an AC power
supply system.)
2.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System
This section describes partitioned power supply on the NE40E-X16.
As shown in Figure 2-6, the NE40E-X16 backplane is divided into four areas, with each area
having two power inputs. These eight power inputs work in backup mode.
Figure 2-6 Schematic diagram of the power supply for the NE40E-X16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
12 9 10 11 13 14 15 16
19
20
21
22
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
M
P
U
M
P
U
SFU
SFU
SFU
SFU
17 18
FAN FAN
8
FAN FAN

2.2.3 DC Power Supply System
This section describes the appearance, functions, and technical parameters of the DC power
supply module.
Figure 2-7 appearance of the PEM on theNE40E-X16.
10
Figure 2-7 Appearance of the NE40E-X16's PEM

The LED indicators on the PEM of the NE40E-X16 are described in Table 2-3.
Table 2-3 Description of the indicators of the PEM
Indicator Color Description
RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is steady on,
it implies the normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is steady on, it
indicates the following:
l The lightning protection link of the power module failed.
l The power modules does not have input power.

If the NE40E-X16 has a DC power supply system, eight 70 A PEMs work in 4+4 backup mode.
Figure 2-8 shows details of the DC power supply system.
Two -48V power inputs are joined on the board.
After the low-frequency filtering, the two -48 V power inputs for fans are joined inside the fan
module.
NOTE
In Figure 2-8, each DC power input contains one -48 V power input and one RTN input. Two separated RTN
input are joined on the board.
11
Figure 2-8 Architecture of the NE40E-X16 DC power supply system
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
M
P
U
M
P
U
SFU
SFU
SFU
SFU
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
area 1 area 2
area 3 area 4
area 2
area 1
area 3
area 4
PEMA1
PEMB4
PEMA4
PEMA2
PEMA3
PEMB2
PEMB1
PEMB3
DC a1
DC b1
DC b4
DC a4
DC a3
DC a2
DC b3
DC b2
backplane
FFU
FFU
FAN
FAN
FFU FFU
FAN FAN

Table 2-4 lists the technical parameters of the DC power supply module.
Table 2-4 Technical parameters of the DC PEM
Item Technical Parameter
Dimensions(Width x Depth x Height) 58mm x 115mm x 220mm ( 2.28 in. x 4.53
in. x 8.66 in. )
Weight About 1.1 kg ( 2.43 lb )
Input voltage range -38 V DC to -72 V DC
Input rated voltage -48V/-60V
Maximum input current 70 A
Output voltage -38 V DC to -72 V DC
Output current 70 A
12
Rated current of the air-break 70 A

2.2.4 AC Power Supply System
This section describes the appearance, functions, and the technical parameters of the AC power
supply module.
Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10 show the appearance of the AC rectifier module.
Figure 2-9 Front view of the AC rectifier module

Figure 2-10 Rear view of the AC rectifier module

Figure 2-11 diagrams the AC power supply system of the NE40E-X16. The input AC power is
converted into regulated DC power by an AC/DC converter. The resulting DC power output is
connected to the PEMs through external cables to supply power for all boards and fan modules.
module.
13
In Figure 2-11, each DC power input contains one -48 V power input and one RTN input. Two
separated RTN inputs are joined on the board.
Figure 2-11 Architecture of the NE40E-X16 AC power supply system
area 2
area 1
area 3
area 4
PEMA1
PEMB4
PEMA4
PEMA2
PEMA3
PEMB2
PEMB1
PEMB3
DC a1
DC b1
DC b4
DC a4
DC a3
DC a2
DC b3
DC b2
backplane
AC1 AC2
DCa
DCb
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
M
P
U
M
P
U
SFU
SFU
SFU
SFU
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
area 1 area 2
area 3 area 4
FFU
FFU
FAN
FAN
FFU
FAN FAN
FFU

Installing the AC power module in the same cabinet as the chassis is recommended. If the AC
power module cannot be installed in the same cabinet as the chassis, it should be placed near
the cabinet and careful attention needs to be paid to the cabling. Two AC power modules work
in 1+1 backup mode. Each power module provides four circuit breakers and eight AC power
inputs. Each circuit breaker is 20 A.
Table 2-5 lists the technical parameters of the AC power module.
Table 2-5 Technical parameters of the AC power supply module
Dimensions (Width x Depth
x Height)
442 mm x 650 mm x 88 mm ( 17.40 in. x 25.59 in. x 3.46 in. )
14
Input voltage range 90 V to 275 V (recommend)
175 V to 275 V
Maximum input current 18.5A/single module
Maximum output current 50A/single module
Maximum output power 2900 W/single module

system.
2.3.1 System Air Channel
This section describes the NE40E-X16's system air channel.
The NE40E-X16 is divided into an upper chassis and a lower chassis; it draws in air from the
front and exhausts air from the rear. The air intake vent on the upper chassis is located above
the board area on the front chassis; the air exhaust vent is located above the board area on the
rear chassis. The lower chassis and the upper chassis are opposites. The upper chassis and the
lower chassis also have separate heat dissipation systems.
The middle area of the NE40E-X16 is for SFU slots.The air intake vent of this area is located
on the left of the chassis. Two upper SFU slots in the area draw in air from the left. When flowing
to the right, the air joins the air from the upper chassis. Two lower SFU slots in the area also
draw in air from the left. When flowing to the right, the air joins the air from the lower chassis.
Figure 2-12 shows the air flow in the NE40E-X16.
15
Figure 2-12 Air flow in the NE40E-X16

2.3.2 Air Intake Vent
This section describes the air intake vents.
The NE40E-X16 has three air channels.
The upper and lower chassis have separate air channels that draw air from the front and exhausts
air from the rear. The air filters are installed over the air intake vents. Each filter has a curved
face, large area, and small windage resistance. These features help to improve heat dissipation
efficiency. Air filters on the upper and lower chassis are identical.
The air channel in the SFU slot area is located on the left of the chassis. The air filter uses front
access. The depth of the air filter is the same as that of an SFU and the height of the air filter is
four times the height of the an SFU.
2.3.3 Fan Module
This section describes the appearance of the fan module.
Two fan modules each containing one fan are located side by side at the air exhaust vent. If a
single fan fails, the system can still work normally for a short period of time at ambient
temperature of 40C ( 104F ). Figure 2-13 shows the appearance of a fan module.
16
Figure 2-13 Appearance of a fan module

Table 2-6 describes the indicators on the fan module.
Table 2-6 Description of the indicators on the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks, the fan
module is working normally.
Red If the indicator blinks, the fan
module, PEM, or filtering
box is faulty.

Table 2-7 lists the technical parameters of the fan module.
Table 2-7 Technical parameters of the fan module
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 210.4 mm x 100 mm x 243.7 mm ( 8.28 in. x
3.94 in. x 9.59 in. )
Weight 3.4 kg( 7.50 lb )
Power consumption (typical value) 30 W
Maximum noise 74 dB

2.3.4 Air Filter
The NE40E-X16 draws in air from the front and exhausts air from the rear. The two air filters
on the upper and lower chassis are identical. To maximize air intake, the filters are fully
17
perforated. Air filters are fixed to the chassis by fasteners to facilitate filter removal and
replacement.Figure 2-14 shows the appearance of an air filter.
Figure 2-14 An air filter

The air channel in the SFU slot area is located on the left of the chassis. The air filter uses front
access. The depth of the air filter is the same as that of an SFU and the height of the air filter is
four times the height of an SFU as shown in Figure 2-15.
Figure 2-15 An air filter in the SFU slot area

Placing a black sponge air filter at the air intake vent helps to prevent dust from entering the
system. It is recommended that air filters be removed and cleaned at least once every three
months.
2.3.5 Fan Speed Adjustment
This section describes the fan speed adjustment.
When the system is fully configured, temperatures reported by the temperature sensors on the
LPUs, SFUs, and MPUs serve as the basis for fan speed adjustment. General principles are listed
below:
18
Ambient
Temperat
ure
Rotational
Speed
Noise and Dissipation Standards
-5C+27
C ( 23F
80.6F )
Low speed (2200/
min)
When fans rotate at a constantly low speed, the noises
meet the ETSI standard and the fans meet heat dissipation
requirements of a fully configured system.
27C50
C (80.6F
122F)
Linear variation The fan speed is adjusted smoothly in linear mode,
without a sharp increase in noises.
Over 50C
( 122F )
High speed (5900/
min)
Fans rotate at high speed to meet heat dissipation
requirements.

2.3.6 FFU
The Fan Power Filtering Unit (FFU) filters the power supply for the fan frame of the device.
The FFU performs functions such as reporting a signal that the FFU is in position, e-label reading
and writing, and indicators.
Outline of the FFU
Figure 2-16 shows the outline of the FFU.
Figure 2-16 Outline of the FFU

Functions
l The FFU can send a signal indicating that it is in position.
The hardware of the FFU supports reporting of a signal that the FFU is in position.
l The FFU supports hot swap.
The I2C port of the IC makes the FFU hot-swappable.
l The FFU provides indicators.
19
The FFU provides an indicator (red/green) to indicate the working status of the FFU.
l The FFU provides the e-label function.
The FFU supports EEPROM extension, allowing you to read and write the e-label.
Panel Description
Table 2-8 shows the outline of the panel for the FFU.
Table 2-8 Indicator description
Indicator Description
STATUS When the FFU works normally, this indicator remains steady green.
When the FFU generates an alarm, this indicator goes red.

Specifications
Table 2-9 shows the specifications of the FFU.
Table 2-9 Specifications
Parameter Value
Typical power
consumption
2 W
Heat dissipation 6.5 BTU/hour
Weight 0.7 kg ( 1.54 lb )

This section describes the functions of the SFU.
2.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network
This section describes the principle of the SFU.
The switching network responsible for switching data between LPUs is a key component of the
NE40E. The NE40E uses switching chips developed by Huawei and Memory-Crossbar-Memory
(M-C-M) to provide a three-level switching mode. Level-1 and level-3 switching use a shared-
memory model and are performed on LPUs; level-2 switching uses a Crossbar model and is
performed on SFUs. Figure 2-17 shows the switching network of the NE40E.
The level-1 switching chip on one LPU is fully connected to the level-2 switching chips on SFUs.
The level-2 switching chips on the SFUs are also fully connected to the level-3 switching chip
on another LPU. In addition, the level-2 crossbar switching chips work in load balancing mode
on multiple switching planes. The entire switching network is unblocked. The following
describes how data packets are transmitted across the switching network.
20
1. Data packets enter an LPU through physical interfaces and are fragmented into cells of a
fixed length. These cells are then sent to the level-1 switching chips. After being buffered
and scheduled, the cells enter the crossbar switching chips on the SFU. The level-1
switching chip on an LPU is fully connected with all of the level-2 switching chips. As a
result, the same number of cells can be distributed to each level-2 switching plane. This
implements load balancing on switching planes and facilitates fault tolerance.
2. After the cells reach the crossbar switching chips, the crossbar switching chips schedule
the cells to the corresponding outbound interfaces according to the destination interfaces
of the data packets. The cells are then sent to the level-3 switching chips on another LPU.
At this point, the switching of the cells by the level-2 switching chips is completed.
3. After the cells reach the level-3 switching chips on another LPU, the system searches for
the destination interfaces. Once found, the cells are reassembled and sent out through
physical interfaces. At this point, switching of the data packets is completed.
Figure 2-17 Switching network of the NE40E
Crossbar
Forwarding
Table
Forwarding
Decision
IP DATA
Forwarding
Table
Forwarding
Decision
IP DATA
Forwarding
Table
Forwarding
Decision
IP DATA
Memory Memory
Memory Memory
Memory Memory
IP DATA
IP DATA
IP DATA
SFU
LPU LPU

Reliability
The NE40E-X16 has four SFUs that work in 3+1 load balancing mode. The four SFUs load
balance services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced, the other three
SFUs automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services,thus improving
system reliability.
2.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B)
Appearance
Figure 2-18shows the appearance of the Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B).
21
Figure 2-18 Appearance of the Switch Fabric Unit B(SFUI-200-B)

Panel
Figure 2-19 shows the appearance of the panel.
Figure 2-19 Appearance of the Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. OFL indicator
5. RUN indicator

Table 2-10 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel.
Table 2-10 Buttons and indicators on the panel
LED Description
RUN
(green)
Before the registration of the SFU: If the indicator blinks twice every second (2
Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
After the registration of the SFU: If the indicator blinks once every two seconds
(0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT
(green)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the green
indicator is off, it indicates that the SFU is faulty.
OFL (red) When the SFU is working normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL
button is pressed to power off the SFU, the OFL indicator is on.

NOTE
The Switch Fabric Unit B (SFUI-200-B) can be used only on the NE40E-X16.
22
2.4.3 CR5DSFUI407B
Appearance
As shown in Figure 2-20, the CR5DSFUI407B on the NE40E-X16 switches data for the entire
system at line speed of 640 Gbit/s (320 Gbit/s for the upstream traffic and 320 Gbit/s for the
downstream traffic). This ensures a non-blocked switching network.
The NE40E-X16 has four SFUs working in 3+1 load balancing mode. The entire system provides
a switching capacity at wire speed of 2.56 Tbit/s.
The four SFUs load balance services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced,
the other three SFUs automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services.
Figure 2-20 Appearance of the CR5DSFUI407B

Panel
Figure 2-21 Appearance of the Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. RUN indicator
5. OFL indicator

Table 2-11 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel.
23
Table 2-11 Buttons and indicators on the panel
LED Description
RUN
(green)
(0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT
(green)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the green
OFFLINE
(red)
When the SFU is working normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL

NOTE
The CR5DSFUI407B can be used only on the NE40E-X16.
2.5 Control Plane
2.5.1 Introduction to the Control Plane
This section describes the functions of the control plane.
The control plane of the NE40E-X16 is separated from the data plane and the monitoring plane.
The MPU on the NE40E-X16 is responsible for system control and management, including route
calculation, device management and maintenance, and device monitoring.
System Control and Management Unit
As the system control and management unit, the MPU provides the following functions on the
system control panel:
l Route calculation: All routing protocol packets are sent by the forwarding engine to the
MPU for processing. In addition, the MPU broadcasts and filters packets, and downloads
routing policies from the policy server.
l Outband communication between boards: The LAN switch modules integrated on the MPU
provide outband communications between boards. In this manner, messages can be
controlled, maintained, and exchanged between SFUs and LPUs.
l Device management and maintenance: Devices can be managed and maintained through
the management interfaces (serial interfaces) provided by the MPU.
l Data configuration: The MPU stores configuration data, startup files, charging information,
upgrade software, and system logs.
l Data storage: The MPU provides two interfaces for CF cards, which serve as mass storage
devices to store data files.
24
System Clock Unit
As the system clock unit, the MPU provides accurate and reliable SDH clock signals for LPUs.
The MPU can provide three-channel 2.048-MHz synchronous clock signals for the downstream
devices, or receive 2.048-MHz or 2.048-Mbit/s external reference clock signals.
To support IEEE 1588v2, that is, the Precision Time Protocol (PTP), the SDH clock interface
can input time information in multiple formats by selecting specific software.
System Maintenance Unit
As the system maintenance unit, the MPU collects monitored information to test system units
locally or remotely, or implement in-service upgrading of system units.
The MPU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
Monitorbus. The MPU then generates related control information based on the collected
information, for example, the detection of board installations and adjustments to fan speed.
Through the joint test action group (JTAG) bus, the MPU remotely or locally tests system units,
or performs in-service upgrades of system units.
Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the MPU work in 1:1
hot backup mode, thus improving system reliability.
The two MPUs work in 1:1 backup mode. Each MPU monitors the status of the other. If the
master MPU is faulty, the slave MPU automatically takes over as the master MPU.
2.5.2 CR5D0MPUB460
Appearance
Figure 2-22 shows the appearance of the CR5D0MPUB460.
Figure 2-22 Appearance of the MPU

NOTE
In this document, the equipment exterior is for reference only. The actual equipment may differ from what is
shown in the figures.
Panel
25
Figure 2-23 Appearance of the panel
1. Ejector lever 2. CLK/Serial 3. CLK/1PPS 4. CLK/TOD
5. AUX 6. Console 7. MGMT-ETH 8. CTL-ETH-SFP
9. LINK/ACT 10. CF OFL button 11. CF card 12. CF indicator
13. USB 14. RESET 15. ALM indicator 16. OFL button
17. OFL indicator 18. RUN indicator 19. ACT active/standby
indicator
20. MGMT-ETH LINK
indicator
21. MGMT-ETH ACT
indicator

Table 2-12 lists the buttons and indicators on the panel of the MPU.
Table 2-12 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the MPU
Indicator/Button Description
OFL button To remove a board, you must press and hold the button for six
seconds until the OFL indicator turns on.
This button takes effect only on the slave MPU.
OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, you can remove the board.
RUN indicator (green) If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the
system is in the normal state.
If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the system is in
the alarm state.
ALM indicator (red) If the indicator is steady on, the system is in the alarm state.
If the indicator is steady off, the system is in the normal state.
ACT active/standby
indicator (green)
If the indicator is steady on, the MPU is in the active state.
If the indicator is off, the MPU is in the standby state.
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. If you press the Reset
button, you can reset the MPU.
CF ACT indicator (green) If the indicator is on, the CF is in position.
If the indicator is blinking, data is being read or written.
If the indicator is off, the CF is not in position or can be removed.
CF OFL button If you press the CF OFL button, all operations on the CF card
will be ended and the CF card will be powered off.
26
SFP LINK/ACT indicator
(green)
If the indicator is steady on, the link is normal.
If the indicator is blinking, data is being transmitted.
MGMT-ETH LINK
indicator (green) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)
If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
MGMT-ETH ACT
indicator (amber) (on
Ethernet interfaces)
If the indicator is off, no data is being transmitted.

Table 2-13 describes the interfaces on the MPU and their uses.
Table 2-13 Interfaces on the MPU and their uses
Interface Name Connector Type Description
USB interface USB It is used to hold a USB disk to store data
files as a massive storage device.
CF card interface TYPE II
(compatible with
TYPE I)
It is used to hold a CF card to store data files
as a massive storage device.
CTL-ETH-SFP interface
(1000MBase-X)
SFP It is not used and reserved for the use after
capacity expansion.
MGMT-ETH interface
(10M/100M/1000M
Base-TX auto-sensing)
RJ45 It connects to the NMS workstation and has
LINK and ACT indicators.
Console interface RJ45 It connects to the console for on-site
configuration of the system.
AUX interface RJ45 It connects to the Modem for remote
maintenance through dialing.
CLK/TOD0 RJ45 It is used to input or output 2-Mbit/s clock
signals, 2-MHz clock signals, 1pps+ASCII
clock signals, or two channels of DCLS
clock signals.
CLK/TOD1
CLK/1PPS SMB It is used to input or output 2-Mbit/s clock
signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or 1 PPS
signals.
CLK/Serial SMB It is used to input or output 2-Mbit/s clock
signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or RS232
signals.

27
NOTE
BITS2 provides two SMB ports, and the signal type can be set to 2Mbps/2Mhz/1PPS+RS232. When signal
is 2Mbps/2Mhz,CLK/1PPS is fixed as input and CLK/Serial is fixed as output. When signal is 1PPS
+RS232, CLK/1PPS and CLK/Serial are bound together, CLK/1PPS signal type is 1PPS whereas CLK/
Serial signal type is RS232, and the setting of input/output apply to both SMB ports.
Interface Attributes
Table 2-14 lists the USB interface attributes.
Table 2-14 USB interface attributes
Attribute Description
Connector type USB
Operation mode High-speed mode or full-speed mode
Standard compliance USB 2.0
Cable specification Standard USB cables

Table 2-15 lists the 1000MBase-X-SFP interface attributes.
Table 2-15 1000MBase-X-SFP interface attributes
Connector type SFP
Operation mode 1000M fiber
Standard compliance IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable specification Single-mode or multi-mode fibers

Table 2-16 lists the attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interfaces.
Table 2-16 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Operation mode 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing interfaces, supporting half-duplex and
full-duplex modes
Standard
compliance
IEEE 802.3-2002
28
Cable
specification
Category 5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cables recommended when the
interface rate is 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; super category 5 Shielded
Twisted Pair (STP) cables recommended when the interface rate is 1000
Mbit/s

Table 2-17 lists the console interface attributes.
Table 2-17 Console interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Operation mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
Baud rate 9600 bit/s (default value), which can be changed as required
Data equipment
type
Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)
Cable
specification
8-core shielded cable

Table 2-18 lists the AUX interface attributes.
Table 2-18 AUX interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Operation mode Duplex UART
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
Data equipment
type
Data Terminal Equipments (DTE)
Cable
specification

Table 2-19 lists the external clock interface attributes.
29
Table 2-19 External clock interface attributes
Connector type RJ45
Cable
specification
120-ohm clock cable
Standard
compliance
G.703

Table 2-20 lists the external clock interface attributes.
Connector type SMB
Cable
specification
75-ohm clock cable
Standard
compliance
G.703

2.5.3 CMU
The Centralized Monitoring Unit (CMU) controls fog, temperature, and humidity sensors.
Therefore, the CMU is the environment monitoring and management center for the chassis. The
CMU is composed of a sensor management module, a system control module, and a
communications module.
CMU Outline
Figure 2-24 shows the outline of the CMU.
Figure 2-24 CMU outline

30
Functions
l Detecting the alarms of the fog sensor
A certain interface on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the fog sensor in the
cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can detect the alarms of the fog
sensor. When detecting an alarm from the fog sensor, the device management IC on the
CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Detecting the ambient temperature and humidity
Certain interfaces on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the ambient temperature
and humidity sensors in the cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can
detect the alarms of the ambient temperature and humidity sensors. When detecting an
alarm, the device management IC on the CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Cabinet door control
The CMU monitors the cabinet door (open or close) through magnetic detection and
sends signals to the device. In addition, the CMU supports remote unlocking so that you
can remotely instruct the CMU to allow or prohibit door opening.
l Alarm output
The CMU provides two-level alarm output.
l Major-node alarm detection
The CMU allows input of alarm detection signals from up to six major nodes to detect
whether the devices outside the chassis are normal.
l One RS-232 port and one RS-485 port
The CMU provides an RS-232 serial port for you to search information about the CMU.
In addition, the CMU provides an RS-485 serial port to connect required devices. The
RS-485 port provided by the CMU can work in full duplex mode.
Panel Description
Figure 2-25 shows the outline of the panel.
Figure 2-25 Panel outline

Table 2-21 lists the functions of the indicators on the CMU panel.
Table 2-21 Description of the indicators on the CMU panel
RUN (green) This indicator indicates the running status of the CMU.
When the CMU runs normally, this indicator blinks at a frequency of
1 Hz. If the CMU has not started, this indicator blinks at a frequency
of 5 Hz.
31
ALM (red) This is an alarm indicator. If the CAN bus fails, this indicator blinks
at a low frequency.

Table 2-22 lists the purpose of every interface on the CMU panel.
Table 2-22 Interface purposes
Name Purpose
RS-232 This is a serial debugging port and can be connected to a serial port on
a PC.
RS-485 This is a serial port and works in full-duplex mode.
FOG12V This port can be connected to the "+" end of the fog sensor. The power
supply voltage of the fog sensor is 12 V.
FOG_IN This port can be connected to the "-" end of the fog sensor.
ANA1 Input of analog values from a sensor (current input: 0 to 25 mA; voltage
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
AN12V Voltage of the power supply for a sensor (12 V)
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
OPEN1 Ports for double-level alarm output
COM is a public port. OPEN is always open; by default, OPEN is
disconnected from COM. CLOSE is always closed; by default, CLOSE
is connected to COM.
When an alarm is generated, OPEN is connected to COM and CLOSE
is disconnected from COM.
COM1
CLOSE1
OPEN2
COM2
CLOSE2
RE1+ Output for two relays
RE1-
RE2+
RE2-
IN0~IN6 Seven channels for the input of Boolean values
GND Board grounding

32
Specifications
Table 2-23 lists the specifications of the CMU.
Parameter Value
Typical power
consumption
3 W
Heat dissipation 10 British Thermal Units (BTUs)/hour

This section describes the specifications of the chassis and boards.
2.6.1 Chassis Specifications
This section describes the physical parameters of the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-24 lists the physical parameters of the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-24 Physical parameters of the NE40E-X16
Item Description
Dimensions (Width x Depth x
Height)
442 mm x 650 mm x 1420 mm ( 17.40 in. x 25.59 in. x
55.91 in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 770 mm x 1420 mm ( 17.40 in. x 30.31 in. x
55.91 in. )(chassis dimensions including the chassis's
front and rear assembly and cable racks)
Installation position N68E cabinet or a standard 19-inch cabinet
Weight Empty chassis 69.6 kg ( 153.47 lb )
Full configuration
(maximal)
267 kg ( 588.74 lb )
Typical power consumption 6500 W
Heat dissipation 21089 BTU/hour
DC input
voltage
Rated voltage 48 V
Maximum
voltage range
-38 V to -72 V
AC input
voltage
Input voltage
range
90 V to 275 V
175 V to 275 V(recommend)
33
Item Description
System
reliability
MTBF (year) 22.53
MTTR (hour) 0.5
Ambient
temperature
Long-term 0C to 45C ( 32F to 113F )
Short-term -5C to 55C ( 23F to 131F )
Remarks Limit of the temperature change rate: 30C ( 86 F )/
hour
Storage temperature -40C to 70C ( 40F to 158F )
Relative humidity Long-term 5% RH to 85% RH, no coagulation
Short-term 5% RH to 95% RH, no coagulation
Storage humidity 0% RH to 95% RH, no coagulation
Long-term altitude Lower than 3000 m ( 9842.4 ft )
Storage altitude Lower than 5000 m ( 16404 ft )

NOTE
As shown in the table, "width" does not involve the size of rack-mounting ears.
The measurement point of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft )over the floor and 0.4 m ( 1.31 ft )
in front of the cabinet without the front and the back doors.
Short-term operation means that the continuous operation time does not exceed 48 hours and the accumulated
operation time per year does not exceed 15 days. Otherwise, it is called long-term operation.
2.6.2 Board Specifications
Table 2-25 lists the specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-X16.
Table 2-25 Specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-X16
Type Description Silkscreen
MPU MPU MPU
SFU SFU SFUI-200-B
SFU40B SFU
SPU SPU SPU
Flexible Card Versatile
Service Unit 10
VSUF-10
Integrated Versatile
Service Unit 20 A
VSUI-20-A
34
LPUF-10 Flexible Card Line
Processing Unit
(LPUF-10,four slots)
LPUF-10
1-Port OC-192c/
STM-64c POS-XFP
Flexible Card
FPIC-1xOC192-POS
1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c
POS-SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-1xOC48-POS
FPIC-2xOC48-POS
FPIC-4xOC48-POS
4-port OC-12c/STM-4c
FPIC-4xOC12-POS
FPIC-8xOC12-POS
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c
FPIC-4xOC3-POS
8-port OC-3c/STM-1c
FPIC-8xOC3-POS
ATM-SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-2xOC12-ATM
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c
FPIC-4xOC3-ATM
8-port 100/1000Base-
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-8xGE
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP
Flexible Card A
P10-8xFE/GE-SFP-A
2-Port Channelized
OC-3c/STM-1c POS-
SFP Flexible Card
2xcPOS/STM1-SFP
24-Port Channelized E1/
T1-DB100 Flexible Card
24xcE1/cT1-DB 100
4-Port Clear Channel
E3/Channelized T3-
SMB Flexible Card
4xE3/cT3-SMB
LPUS-20 4-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S
LPUS-20
410GBase LAN/WAN
35
40-Port 100/1000Base-
X-SFP Line Processing
Unit S
LPUS-20
40100/1000Base-SFP
40-Port
10/100/1000Base-RJ45
Line Processing Unit S
LPUS-20
4010/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
Processing Unit
(LPUF-21,2 sub-slots)
LPUF-21
1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
1x10GBase LAN/WAN
1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP-A Flexible
Card
1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A
1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP-B Flexible
Card
P20-1x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-B
1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP-E Flexible
Card
P20-1x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E
12-port 100Base-FX/
1000Base-X-SFP
Flexible Card
12x100/1000Base-SFP
12-port 100/1000Base-
SFP-A Flexible Card
12x100/1000Base-SFP-A
12-port 100/1000Base-
SFP Flexible Card B
P20-12xGE-SFP-B
10-port 1000Base-X-
SFP Flexible Card E
P20-10xGE-SFP-E
12-port 10Base-T/
100Base-TX/1000Base-
T Flexible Card
12x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
1-port OC-192c/
STM-64c POS-XFP
Flexible Card
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP
4-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
4x10GBase LAN/WAN
36
40-port 10Base-T/
T Flexible Card
40x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
40-port 100Base-FX/
1000Base-X-SFP
Flexible Card
40x100/1000Base-SFP
2-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP+20-port
100/1000Base-X SFP
Flexible Card
P20-2x10GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit
LPUF-40A
LPUF-40B
20-port 100/1000Base-X
SFP Flexible Card
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP
20-port 100/1000Base-
X-SFP Flexible Card A
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A
2-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
P40-2x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
2-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Flexible
Card A
P40-2x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-A
20-port 100/1000Base-
X-SFP Flexible Card B
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B
2-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Flexible
Card B
20-Port
10/100/1000Base-RJ45
Flexible Card
P4020 x FE/GE-RJ45
4-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
P404x10GBase LAN/WANXFP
LPUI-40 4-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit
LPUI-40
410GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
40-Port 100/1000Base-
X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-40
40FE/GE-SFP
37
WAN-XFP Integrated
LPUI-41
4-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Integrated
LPUI-41
48-Port 100/1000Base-
Processing Unit
LPUI-41
48xFE/GE-SFP
2-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP
Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-41
2x10GBase LAN/WANXFP24xFE/
GE-SFP
4-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Integrated
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-41
410GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2
40-Port 100/1000Base-
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-41
40FE/GE-SFP-1588v2
2-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP+20-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP
Integrated Line
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-41
2x10GBase LAN/WANXFP20xFE/
GE-SFP-1588v2
LPUS-41 8-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S
LPUS-41
4-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S
LPUS-41
48-Port 100/1000Base-
X-SFP Line Processing
Unit S
LPUS-41
48FE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit
LPUF-100
38
5-Port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP Flexible
Card B
(Supporting1588v2)
P1005x10GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP-1588v2
24-Port 100/1000Base-
X-SFP Flexible Card
(P100,Occupy two sub-
slots)
P100-24FE/GE-SFP
48-Port 100/1000Base-
CSFP Flexible Card
P10048 x FE/GE-CSFP
WAN-XFP Integrated
(LPUI-100,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-100
1010GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP-1588v2
16-Port 10GBase LAN-
SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-100
1610GBase LAN-SFP+
39
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the device structure, power supply and heat dissipation system.
3.1 Overview
system.
3.5 Control Plane
40
3.1 Overview
The NE40E series adopt a centralized routing engine and a distributed forwarding architecture.
This helps to provide rich and flexible services and to perform large-capacity forwarding.
The NE40E-X8 has an integrated chassis, with main components which all support hot swapping.
The NE40E-X8 supports all the Line Processing Units (LPUs) on the former NE40E, but the
Switch and Route Processing Units (SRUs) and Switch and Fabric Units (SFUs) are new.
As shown in Figure 3-1, the NE40E-X8 has eight LPU slots.The switching capacity of the entire
system is 7.08 Tbit/s.
Figure 3-1 shows the appearance of the NE40E-X8.
Figure 3-1 Appearance of the NE40E-X8

3.1.2 System Architecture
This section describes the system architecture.
The NE40E-X8 adopts a system architecture shown in Figure 3-2. In this architecture, the data
plane, management and control plane, and monitoring plane are separated. This design helps to
improve system reliability and facilitates upgrading of each plane separately.
41
Figure 3-2 Diagram of the system architecture
Switching
network
control unit
LPU LPU
LPU LPU
SFU
SRU
Monitoring
unit
Monitoring
unit
System
monitoring unit
System
monitoring unit
Management
unit
Management
unit
Forwarding
unit
Forwarding
unit
Switching
network
Monitoring
plane
Control and
management
plane
Data
plane
Monitoring
unit
Monitoring
unit
Management
unit
Forwarding
unit
Forwarding
unit
Management
unit

l Unblocked switching network that can be upgraded, with switching capacity at the Tbit/s
level
l Distributed hardware-based forwarding and fast service deployment
l Compact structure to increase interface density
l Normalized design of system components
l Separation of the control channel, service channel, and monitoring channel to ensure non-
blacking control channels and monitoring channels
l Hot swappable boards, power modules, and fans
l U-shaped air channels to improve system heat dissipation
l Distributed power supply to enhance power supply capabilities for a single chassis
l 200-mm ( 7.87 in. )fans with a filtering box, and support for NEBS and ETSI
l SRUs in 1:1 backup mode
42
l SFUs in load balancing mode
buses
l Protection against incorrect insertion of boards
Item Typical
Configuration
Remarks
Processing unit Main frequency: 1.5
GHz
-
BootROM 8 MB -
SDRAM 2 GB Can be extended to 4 GB
NVRAM 4 MB -
Flash 32 MB -
CF card 2 GB Two 1 GB CF cards
Switching capacity 7.08 Tbit/s -
Interface capacity 1.6 Tbit/s (bidirectional) -
Number of LPU slots 8 -
Number of SRU slots 2 -
Number of SFU slots 1 -

Figure 3-3 and Figure 3-4 shows the architecture and main components of the NE40E-X8.
43
Figure 3-3 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X8 (front view)
1. Air intake vent 2. Rack-mounting ear 3. ESD jack 4. Cabling trough

Figure 3-4 Appearance and main components of the NE40E-X8 (rear view)
1. Fan 2. Filtering box 3. AC power management interface 4. DC power module
5.CMU 6.Handle

44
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
S
R
U
S
R
U
8 11
L
P
U
S
F
U
9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 9 10

Slot
Number
Quant
ity
Slot Width Remarks
9 to 10 2 36 mm (1.4 inches) These slots hold SRUs in 1:1 backup mode.
11 1 36 mm (1.4 inches) The slot is used to hold an SFU, which,
together with two switch fabric units on the
SRUs, works in 2+1 load balancing mode.

This chapter describes the power supply system of the NE40E-X8.
In the case of a DC power supply system, four 70 A Power Entry Modules (PEMs) are inserted
at the rear of the chassis, working in 2+2 load balancing mode.
In the case of an AC power supply system, an AC power frame is placed outside the chassis and
installed with rectifier modules based on system power. The AC power frame is then connected
to the input terminals on the DC-PEMs to supply power for the system. (In short, an external
AC power frame is added to the DC power supply system to constitute an AC power supply
system.)
3.2.2 Distributed Architecture of the System
This section describes partitioned power supply on the NE40E-X8.
45
As shown in Figure 3-6, the NE40E-X8 backplane is divided into two areas, with each area
having two power inputs. These four power inputs work in backup mode.
Figure 3-6 Schematic diagram of the power supply for the NE40E-X8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
S
R
U
S
R
U
8 11
L
P
U
S
F
U
9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 9 10
FAN FAN

supply module.
Figure 3-7 shows the appearance of the NE40E-X8's PEM.
Figure 3-7 Appearance of the NE40E-X8's PEM

The LED indicators on the PEM of theNE40E-X8 are described in Table 3-3.
46
RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is steady on,
it implies a normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is steady on, it
l The lightning protection link of the power module has
failed.
l The power modules does not have input power.

If the NE40E-X8 has a DC power supply system, four 70 A PEMs work in 2+2 backup mode.
Figure 3-8 shows details of the DC power supply system.
Two -48 V power inputs are joined on the board.
After the low-frequency filtering, the two -48 V power inputs for fans Two separated RTN inputs
are joined on the board. inside the fan module.
NOTE
inputs are joined on the board.
Figure 3-8 Architecture of the NE40E-X8 DC power supply system
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
S
R
U
S
R
U S
F
U
area 1 area 2
area 1
area 2 PEM A1
PEM A2
PEM B1
PEM B2
Boards
AC1 AC2
DC a
DC b
backplane
FFU
FAN
FFU
FAN
47

Table 3-4 lists the technical parameters of the PEM.
in. x 8.66 in. )
Output current 70 A

supply module.
Figure 3-9 and Figure 3-10 show the appearance of the AC rectifier module.
Figure 3-9 Front view of the AC rectifier module

48
Figure 3-10 Rear view of the AC rectifier module

Figure 3-9 diagrams the AC power supply system of the NE40E-X8. AC power input is
converted into regulated DC power by an AC/DC converter. The resulting DC power output is
connected to the PEMs through external cables to supply power for all boards and fan modules.
module.
NOTE
inputs are joined on the board.
49
Figure 3-11 Architecture of the NE40E-X8 AC power supply system
FAN
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
L
P
U
S
R
U
S
R
U S
F
U
area 1 area 2
area 1
area 2 PEM A1
PEM A2
PEM B1
PEM B2
Boards
AC1 AC2
DC a
DC b
FAN
FFU
FFU

NOTE
Installing the AC power module in the same cabinet as the chassis is recommended. If the AC power module
cannot be installed in the same cabinet as the chassis, it should be placed near the cabinet and careful attention
needs to be paid to the cabling. Two AC power modules work in 1+1 backup mode. Each power module provides
four circuit breakers and eight AC power inputs. Each circuit breaker is 20 A.
Dimensions (Width x Depth
x Height)
Input voltage range 90 V to 275 V (recommend)
175 V to 275 V
Maximum input current 18.5A/single module
Maximum output current 50A/single module
Maximum output power 2900 W/single module

50
system.
The NE40E-X8 draws in air from the front and exhausts air from the rear. The air intake vent is
located above the board area on the front chassis; the air exhaust vent is located above the board
area on the rear chassis.
The two fan modules of the NE40E-X8 are located side by side at the air exhaust vent, with each
module containing one fan.The entire system dissipates heat by drawing in air, as shown in
Figure 3-12.
Figure 3-12 Air flow in the NE40E-X8

An air filter is installed over the air intake vent of the NE40E-X8. The air filter has a curved
efficiency.
3.3.3 Fan Module
Two fan modules each containing one fan are located side by side at the air exhaust vent. If a
single fan fails, the system can still work normally for a short period of time at ambient
temperature of 40C ( 104F ). Figure 3-13 shows the appearance of a fan module.
51
Figure 3-13 Appearance of a fan module

Table 3-6 describes the indicators on the fan module.
Table 3-6 Description of the indicators on the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks, the fan
module is working normally.
Red If the indicator blinks, the fan
module, PEM, or filtering
box is faulty.

Dimensions (width x depth x height) 210.4 mm x 100 mm x 243.7 mm ( 8.28 in. x
3.94 in. x 9.59 in. )
Weight 3.4 kg( 7.50 lb )
Maximum noise 74 dB

3.3.4 Air Filter
The NE40E-X8 draws in air from the front top and exhausts air from the rear top. There is a 3
U space in the upper part of the chassis and an air filter on the front of the chassis. To maximize
52
air intake, the filter is fully perforated. The air filter is fixed to the chassis by a fastener to facilitate
filter removal and replacement. Figure 3-14 shows the appearance of an air filter.
Figure 3-14 An air filter

NOTE
Placing a black sponge air filter at the air intake vent helps to prevent dust from entering the system. It is
recommended that the air filter be removed and cleaned once every three months.
LPUs, SFUs, and MPUs serve as the basis for fan speed adjustment. General principles are listed
below:
Ambient
Temperat
ure
Rotational Speed Noise and Dissipation Standards
-5C+27
C ( 23F
80.6F )
Low speed (2200/min) When fans rotate at a constantly low speed, the noises
meet the ETSI standard and the fans meet heat
dissipation requirements of a fully configured system.
27C50
C (80.6F
122F)
Over 50C
( 122F )
High speed (5900/
min)
requirements.

3.3.6 FFU
The Fan Power Filtering Unit (FFU) filters the power supply for the fan frame of the device.
The FFU performs functions such as reporting a signal that the FFU is in position, e-label reading
and writing, and indicators.
Outline of the FFU
Figure 3-15 shows the outline of the FFU.
53
Figure 3-15 Outline of the FFU

Functions
l The FFU can send a signal indicating that it is in position.
The hardware of the FFU supports reporting of a signal that the FFU is in position.
l The FFU supports hot swap.
The I2C port of the IC makes the FFU hot-swappable.
l The FFU provides indicators.
The FFU provides an indicator (red/green) to indicate the working status of the FFU.
l The FFU provides the e-label function.
The FFU supports EEPROM extension, allowing you to read and write the e-label.
Panel Description
Table 3-8 shows the outline of the panel for the FFU.
Table 3-8 Indicator description
STATUS When the FFU works normally, this indicator remains steady green.
When the FFU generates an alarm, this indicator goes red.

Specifications
Table 3-9 shows the specifications of the FFU.
54
Parameter Value
Typical power
consumption
2 W

This chapter describes the features and functions of a switching network.
3.4.1 Introduction to the Switching Network
This section describes the principle of the SFU.
The switching network responsible for switching data between LPUs is a key component of the
NE40E. The NE40E uses the switching chips developed by Huawei and Memory-Crossbar-
Memory (M-C-M) to provide a three-level switching mode. Level-1 and level-3 switching adopts
the shared-memory model and is performed on LPUs; level-2 switching adopts the Crossbar
model and is performed on an SFU. Figure 3-16 shows the switching network of the NE40E.
The level-1 switching chip on one LPU is fully connected to all the level-2 switching chips on
the SFUs. The level-2 switching chips on the SFUs are also fully connected to the level-3
switching chip on another LPU. In addition, the level-2 crossbar switching chips work in load
balancing mode across multiple switching planes. The entire switching network is unblocked.
The following describes how data packets are transmitted across the switching network.
1. Data packets enter an LPU through physical interfaces and are fragmented into cells of a
fixed length. These cells are then sent to the level-1 switching chips. After being buffered
and scheduled, the cells enter the crossbar switching chips on the SFU. The level-1
switching chip on an LPU is fully connected with all of the level-2 switching chips on
SFUs. As a result, the same number of cells can be distributed to each level-2 switching
plane. This implements load balancing across switching planes and facilitates fault
tolerance.
2. After the cells reach the crossbar switching chips, the crossbar switching chips schedule
the cells to the corresponding outbound interfaces according to the destination interfaces
of the data packets. The cells are then sent to the level-3 switching chips on another LPU.
At this point, the switching of the cells by the level-2 switching chips is completed.
3. After the cells reach the level-3 switching chips on another LPU, the system searches for
the destination interfaces. Once found, the cells are reassembled and sent out through
physical interfaces. At this point, the switching of the data packets is completed.
55
Figure 3-16 Switching network of the NE40E
Crossbar
Forwarding
Table
Forwarding
Decision
IP DATA
Forwarding
Table
Forwarding
Decision
IP DATA
Forwarding
Table
Forwarding
Decision
IP DATA
Memory Memory
Memory Memory
Memory Memory
IP DATA
IP DATA
IP DATA
SFU
LPU LPU

Reliability
The NE40E-X8 has three SFUs. Two SFUs are integrated on two SRUs. Another SFU, is a
separate SFU. These three SFUs work in 2+1 load balancing mode.The three SFUs load balance
services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced, the other two SFUs
automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services, thus improving system
reliability.
3.4.2 Switch Fabric Unit C(SFUI-200-C)
Appearance
Figure 3-17 shows the appearance of the Switch Fabric Unit C(SFUI-200-C).
Figure 3-17 Appearance of the SFUI-200-C
56

Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. OFL indicator
5. RUN indicator

Table 3-10 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU.
Table 3-10 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFUI-200-C
LED Description
RUN Before the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks twice each
second (2 Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
After the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks once every two
seconds (0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT If the green indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the
green indicator is off, it indicates that the SFU is faulty.
OFFLINE When the SFU is working normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL

NOTE
The SFUI-200-C can be used only on the NE40E-X8.
3.4.3 CR5DSFUI407C
Appearance
As shown in Figure 3-19, the CR5DSFUI407C on the NE40E-X8 switches data for the entire
system at line speed of 480 Gbit/s (240 Gbit/s for the upstream traffic and 240 Gbit/s for the
downstream traffic). This ensures a non-blocked switching network.
The NE40E-X8 has three SFUs working in 2+1 load balancing mode. The entire system provides
a switching capacity at line speed of 1.44 Tbit/s.
The three SFUs load balance services at the same time. When one SFU is faulty or being replaced,
the other two SFUs automatically take over its tasks to ensure normal delivery of services.
57
Figure 3-19 Appearance of the SFU

Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. ACT indicator 3. OFL button 4. RUN indicator
5. OFL indicator

Table 3-11 describes the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU.
Table 3-11 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU
LED Description
RUN Before the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks twice each
second (2 Hz), the system is in the alarm state.
After the registration of the SFU: If the green indicator blinks once every two
seconds (0.5 Hz), the system is running normally.
ACT If the green indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU is working normally; if the
green indicator is off, it indicates that the SFU is faulty.
OFFLINE When the SFU is working normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL

NOTE
The CR5DSFUI407C can be used only on the NE40E-X8.
58
3.5 Control Plane
This section describes the functions of the control plane.
The control plane of the NE40E is separated from the data plane and the monitoring plane. The
SRU is used by the NE40E-X8.
The SRU integrates an SFU used for data switching.
As the system control and management unit, the SRU provides the following functions on the
SRU for processing. In addition, the SRU broadcasts and filters packets, and downloads
l Outband communication between boards: The LAN switch modules integrated on the SRU
provide outband communications between boards. In this manner, messages can be
controlled, maintained, and exchanged between the boards.
the management interfaces (serial interfaces) provided by the SRU.
l Data configuration: The SRU stores configuration data, startup files, charging information,
l Data storage: The SRU provides two interfaces for CF cards, which serve as mass storage
System Clock Unit
As the system clock unit, the SRU provides accurate and reliable SDH clock signals for LPUs.
The SRU can provide three-channel 2.048-MHz synchronous clock signals for the downstream
devices, or receive 2.048-MHz or 2.048-Mbit/s external reference clock signals.
To support IEEE 1588v2, that is, the Precision Time Protocol (PTP), the SDH clock interface
can input time information in multiple formats by selecting specific software.
As the system maintenance unit, the SRU collects system monitoring information to test system
units locally or remotely, or implement in-service upgrading of system units.
The SRU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
Monitorbus. The SRU then generates related control information based on the collected
Through the joint test action group (JTAG) bus, the SRU remotely or locally tests system units,
or performs in-service upgrading of system units.
59
Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the SRU work in 1:1
The two SRUs work in 1:1 backup mode. Each SRU monitors the status of the other. If the
master SRU is faulty, the slave SRU automatically takes over as the master SRU.
3.5.2 CR5D0SRUA570
Appearance
Figure 3-21 shows appearance of the CR5D0SRUA570 .
Figure 3-21 Appearance of the SRU

NOTE
Panel
indicator
20. MGMT-ETH LINK
indicator
60
21. MGMT-ETH ACT
indicator

Table 3-12 describes the buttons and indicators on the SRU panel.
Table 3-12 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SRU
Indicator/
Button
Description
OFL button To remove a board, you must press and hold the button for six seconds
until the OFL indicator turns on.
This button takes effect only on the slave SRU.
OFL indicator
(red)
If the indicator is on, you can remove the board.
RUN indicator
(green)
If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the system is in
the normal state.
If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the system is in the
alarm state.
ALM indicator
(red)
If the indicator is steady on, the system is in the alarm state.
ACT active/
standby indicator
(green)
If the indicator is steady on, the SRU is in the active state.
If the indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
Reset button If you press the Reset button, you can reset the main control unit on the
SRU.
CF ACT indicator
(green)
If the indicator is on, the CF is in position.
CF OFL button If you press the CF OFL button, all operations on the CF card will be
ended and the CF card will be powered off.
SFP LINK/ACT
indicator (green)
MGMT-ETH
LINK indicator
(green) (on
Ethernet
interfaces)
61
Indicator/
Button
Description
MGMT-ETH
ACT indicator
(amber) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)

Table 3-13 lists the interfaces on the SRU and their uses.
Table 3-13 Interfaces on the SRU and their uses
Interface Name Connector
Type
Description
USB interface USB It is used to hold a USB disk to store data files
(compatible
with TYPE I)
It is used to hold a CF card to store data files as
a massive storage device.
(1000MBase-X)
SFP It is not used and reserved for future capacity
expansion.
MGMT-ETH interface
(10M/100M/1000M
clock signals, or 2-channel DCLS clock signals.
CLK/TOD1
signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or 1 PPS signals.
signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or RS232 signals.

NOTE
Bits2 includes 2 SMB ports, and the signal type can be set as 2Mbps/2Mhz/1PPS+RS232. When signal is
2Mbps/2Mhz, CLK/1PPS is fixed as input and CLK/Serial is fixed as output. When signal is 1PPS+RS232,
CLK/1PPS and CLK/Serial are bound together, CLK/1PPS signal type is 1PPS whereas CLK/Serial signal
type is RS232, and the setting of input/output apply to both SMB ports.
62
Connector type USB
Standard
compliance
USB 2.0
Cable
specification
Standard USB cables

Connector type SFP
Operation mode 1000 M fiber
Standard
compliance
IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable
specification
Single-mode or multi-mode fibers

Table 3-16 lists the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface attributes.
Connector type RJ45
full-duplex modes
Standard
compliance
IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable
specification
Mbit/s

63
Connector type RJ45
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
Data equipment
type
DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment)
Cable
specification

Connector type RJ45
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
Data equipment
type
Cable
specification

Table 3-19 lists the attributes of the external clock interface..
Connector type RJ45
Cable
specification
120-ohm clock cable
64
Standard
compliance
G.703

3.5.3 CR5D0SRUA470
Appearance
CR5D0SRUA470 is used by the NE40E-X8.
Figure 3-23 shows appearance of the SRU.

NOTE
Panel
65
indicator
20. MGMT-ETH LINK
indicator
21. MGMT-ETH ACT
indicator

Table 3-20 describes the buttons and indicators on the SRU panel.
Indicator/
Button
Description
OFL indicator
(red)
RUN indicator
(green)
the normal state.
alarm state.
ALM indicator
(red)
ACT active/
standby indicator
(green)
If the indicator is steady on, the SRU is in the active state.
If the indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
SRU.
CF ACT indicator
(green)
SFP LINK/ACT
indicator (green)
MGMT-ETH
LINK indicator
(green) (on
Ethernet
interfaces)
66
Indicator/
Button
Description
MGMT-ETH
ACT indicator
(amber) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)

Table 3-21 lists the interfaces on the SRU and their uses.
Table 3-21 Interfaces on the SRU and their uses
Type
Description
USB interface USB It is used to hold a USB disk to store data files
(compatible
with TYPE I)
It is used to hold a CF card to store data files as
a massive storage device.
(1000MBase-X)
SFP It is reserved for the use after capacity
expansion.
MGMT-ETH interface
(10M/100M/1000M
clock signals, or 2-channel DCLS clock signals.
CLK/TOD1
signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or 1 PPS signals.
signals, 2-MHz clock signals, or RS232 signals.

NOTE
Bits2 includes 2 SMB ports, and the signal type can be set as 2Mbps/2Mhz/1PPS+RS232. When signal is
2Mbps/2Mhz, CLK/1PPS is fixed as input and CLK/Serial is fixed as output. When signal is 1PPS+RS232,
CLK/1PPS and CLK/Serial are bound together, CLK/1PPS signal type is 1PPS whereas CLK/Serial signal
type is RS232, and the setting of input/output apply to both SMB ports.
67
Connector type USB
Standard
compliance
USB 2.0
Cable
specification
Standard USB cables

Connector type SFP
Operation mode 1000 M fiber
Standard
compliance
IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable
specification
Single-mode or multi-mode fibers

Table 3-24 lists the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface attributes.
Connector type RJ45
full-duplex modes
Standard
compliance
IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable
specification
Mbit/s

68
Connector type RJ45
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
Data equipment
type
DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment)
Cable
specification

Connector type RJ45
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
Data equipment
type
Cable
specification

Table 3-27 lists the attributes of the external clock interface..
Connector type RJ45
Cable
specification
120-ohm clock cable
69
Standard
compliance
G.703

3.5.4 CMU
The Centralized Monitoring Unit (CMU) controls fog, temperature, and humidity sensors.
Therefore, the CMU is the environment monitoring and management center for the chassis. The
CMU is composed of a sensor management module, a system control module, and a
communications module.
CMU Outline
Figure 3-25 shows the outline of the CMU.
Figure 3-25 CMU outline

Functions
l Detecting the alarms of the fog sensor
A certain interface on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the fog sensor in the
cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can detect the alarms of the fog
sensor. When detecting an alarm from the fog sensor, the device management IC on the
CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Detecting the ambient temperature and humidity
Certain interfaces on the panel of the CMU can be connected to the ambient temperature
and humidity sensors in the cabinet or equipment room. In this manner, the CMU can
detect the alarms of the ambient temperature and humidity sensors. When detecting an
alarm, the device management IC on the CMU sends the alarm to the device.
l Cabinet door control
The CMU monitors the cabinet door (open or close) through magnetic detection and
sends signals to the device. In addition, the CMU supports remote unlocking so that you
can remotely instruct the CMU to allow or prohibit door opening.
l Alarm output
The CMU provides two-level alarm output.
l Major-node alarm detection
70
The CMU allows input of alarm detection signals from up to six major nodes to detect
whether the devices outside the chassis are normal.
l One RS-232 port and one RS-485 port
The CMU provides an RS-232 serial port for you to search information about the CMU.
In addition, the CMU provides an RS-485 serial port to connect required devices. The
RS-485 port provided by the CMU can work in full duplex mode.
Panel Description
Figure 3-26 shows the outline of the panel.
Figure 3-26 Panel outline

Table 3-28 lists the functions of the indicators on the CMU panel.
Table 3-28 Description of the indicators on the CMU panel
RUN (green) This indicator indicates the running status of the CMU.
When the CMU runs normally, this indicator blinks at a frequency of
1 Hz. If the CMU has not started, this indicator blinks at a frequency
of 5 Hz.
ALM (red) This is an alarm indicator. If the CAN bus fails, this indicator blinks
at a low frequency.

Table 3-29 lists the purpose of every interface on the CMU panel.
Table 3-29 Interface purposes
Name Purpose
RS-232 This is a serial debugging port and can be connected to a serial port on
a PC.
RS-485 This is a serial port and works in full-duplex mode.
FOG12V This port can be connected to the "+" end of the fog sensor. The power
supply voltage of the fog sensor is 12 V.
FOG_IN This port can be connected to the "-" end of the fog sensor.
71
Name Purpose
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
input: 0 to 2.5 V)
OPEN1 Ports for double-level alarm output
COM is a public port. OPEN is always open; by default, OPEN is
disconnected from COM. CLOSE is always closed; by default, CLOSE
is connected to COM.
When an alarm is generated, OPEN is connected to COM and CLOSE
is disconnected from COM.
COM1
CLOSE1
OPEN2
COM2
CLOSE2
RE1+ Output for two relays
RE1-
RE2+
RE2-
IN0~IN6 Seven channels for the input of Boolean values
GND Board grounding

Specifications
Table 3-30 lists the specifications of the CMU.
Parameter Value
Typical power
consumption
3 W
Heat dissipation 10 British Thermal Units (BTUs)/hour

This chapter describes the specifications of the chassis and boards.
72
3.6.1 Chassis Specification
Item Description
Dimensions (width x depth x
height)
442 mm x 650 mm x 620 mm ( 17.40 in. x 25.59 in. x 24.41
in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 770 mm x 620 mm ( 17.40 in. x 30.31 in. x 24.41
in. )(chassis dimensions including the chassis's front and rear
assembly and cable racks)
Weight Empty
chassis
25.8 kg ( 56.89 lb )
Full
configuratio
n(maximal)
130 kg ( 286.65 lb )
DC input
voltage
Rated
voltage
-48 V
Maximum
voltage
range
-38 V to -72 V
AC input
voltage
Maximum
voltage
range
90 V to 275 V AC
175 V to 275 V AC(recommend)
System
reliability
MTBF
(year)
22.41
MTTR
(hour)
0.5
Ambient
temperature
Remarks Limit of the temperature change rate: 30C ( 86F )/hour
Relative
humidity
Long-term 5% RH to 85% RH, no coagulation
73
Item Description

NOTE
As shown in the table, "width" does not involve the dimensions of rack-mounting ears.
As shown in the table, "width" does not involve the dimensions of rack-mounting ears. The measurement point
of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft ) over the floor and 0.4 m ( 1.31 ft ) in front of the cabinet
without the front and back doors.
Short-term operation means that continuous operating time does not exceed 48 hours and accumulated operating
time per year does not exceed 15 days. If an operation exceeds either of these conditions, it is called a long-term
operation.
SRU SRUA5 SRUA
SRUA4 SRU
SFU SFU SFUI-200-C
SFU40C SFU
SPU SPU SPU
Flexible Card Versatile
Service Unit 10
VSUF-10
Integrated Versatile Service
Unit 20 A
VSUI-20-A
Processing Unit
LPUF-10
POS-XFP Flexible Card
FPIC-1xOC192-POS
FPIC-1xOC48-POS
FPIC-2xOC48-POS
FPIC-4xOC48-POS
74
4-port OC-12c/STM-4c POS-
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-4xOC12-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-8xOC12-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-4xOC3-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-8xOC3-POS
FPIC-2xOC12-ATM
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-4xOC3-ATM
8-port 100/1000Base-SFP
Flexible Card
FPIC-8xGE
Flexible Card A
P10-8xFE/GE-SFP-A
2-Port Channelized OC-3c/
STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible
Card
2xcPOS/STM1-SFP
24-Port Channelized E1/T1-
DB100 Flexible Card
24xcE1/cT1-DB 100
4-Port Clear Channel E3/
Channelized T3-SMB
Flexible Card
4xE3/cT3-SMB
LPUS-20 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP Line Processing Unit S
LPUS-20
410GBase LAN/WAN
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Line Processing Unit S
LPUS-20
40100/1000Base-SFP
40-Port 10/100/1000Base-
RJ45 Line Processing Unit S
LPUS-20
4010/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
Processing Unit (LPUF-21,2
sub-slots)
LPUF-21
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP Flexible Card
1x10GBase LAN/WAN
XFP-A Flexible Card
1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A
75
XFP-B Flexible Card
XFP-B
XFP-E Flexible Card
XFP-E
12-port 100Base-FX/
1000Base-X-SFP Flexible
Card
12x100/1000Base-SFP
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP-
A Flexible Card
Flexible Card B
P20-12xGE-SFP-B
Flexible Card E
P20-10xGE-SFP-E
12-port 10Base-T/100Base-
TX/1000Base-T Flexible
Card
12x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
POS-XFP Flexible Card
XFP
XFP Flexible Card
4x10GBase LAN/WAN
40-port 10Base-T/100Base-
TX/1000Base-T Flexible
Card
40x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
40-port 100Base-FX/
1000Base-X-SFP Flexible
Card
40x100/1000Base-SFP
XFP+20-port 100/1000Base-
X SFP Flexible Card
XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit (LPUF-40,2
sub-slots)
LPUF-40A
LPUF-40B
20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP
Flexible Card
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP
20-port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Flexible Card A
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A
XFP Flexible Card
XFP
76
XFP Flexible Card A
XFP-A
20-port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Flexible Card B
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B
XFP Flexible Card B
XFP-B
20-Port 10/100/1000Base-
RJ45 Flexible Card
P4020 x FE/GE-RJ45
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP Flexible Card
P404x10GBase LAN/WAN
XFP
LPUI-40 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-40
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-40
40FE/GE-SFP
XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-41
XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-41
48-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-41
48xFE/GE-SFP
XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-
Processing Unit
LPUI-41
2x10GBase LAN/WANXFP
24xFE/GE-SFP
XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-41
410GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP-1588v2
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-41
40FE/GE-SFP-1588v2
77
XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-
Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-41
2x10GBase LAN/WANXFP
20xFE/GE-SFP-1588v2
LPUS-41
LPUS-41
48-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Line Processing Unit S
LPUS-41
48FE/GE-SFP
Processing Unit
LPUF-100
XFP Flexible Card B
(Supporting1588v2)
P1005x10GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP-1588v2
24-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Flexible Card
(P100,Occupy two sub-slots)
P100-24FE/GE-SFP
48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP
Flexible Card
P10048 x FE/GE-CSFP
WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
(LPUI-100,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-100
1010GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP-1588v2
16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+
Integrated Line Processing
Unit
LPUI-100
1610GBase LAN-SFP+
78
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the device structure, power supply and heat dissipation system.
4.1 Overview
system.
4.4 Control Plane
79
4.1 Overview
The NE40E-X3 adopts a centralized routing engine and a distributed forwarding architecture.
The NE40E-X3 has two types of chassis, namely, the DC chassis and the AC chassis. Figure
4-1 shows the DC chassis and Figure 4-2 shows the AC chassis.
The NE40E-X3 has three LPU slots. Each slot supports 40-Gbit/s upstream traffic and 40-Gbit/
s downstream traffic. The switching capacity is 1.08 Tbit/s.
Figure 4-1 Appearance of the NE40E-X3 DC chassis

Figure 4-2 Appearance of the NE40E-X3 AC chassis

80
l Distributed hardware-based forwarding
l Separation of control channels and service channels to ensure non-blocking control
channels
l Hot swappable boards, power modules, and fans
l MPUs in 1:1 backup mode
buses
l Protection against incorrect insertion of boards
power supply
Item Typical
Configuration
Remarks
Processing unit Dominant
frequency: 1 GHz
-
BootROM 1 MB -
SDRAM 2 GB -
NVRAM 512 KB -
Flash 32 MB -
CF card 2 GB Two 1 GB CF cards.
Switching capacity 1.08 Tbit/s -
Interface capacity 240 Gbit/s
(bidirectional)
-
Number of LPU slots 3 The slots are for LPUs (optional).
Number of MPU slots 2 -

81
The NE40E-X3 has an integrated chassis with main components which all support hot swapping.
Figure 4-3 shows the components of the NE40E-X3 DC chassis. Figure 4-4 shows the
components of the AC chassis..
Figure 4-3 Components of the NE40E-X3 DC chassis
1. Air intake vent 2. Rack-mounting ear 3. LPU 4. Cabling rack
5. MPU 6. Fan 7. Power module 8. Air filter

82
Figure 4-4 Components of the NE40E-X3 AC chassis
1. Air intake vent 2. Rack-mounting ear 3. LPU 4. Power module
5. Cabling rack 6. MPU 7. Fan 8. Air filter

MPU 4
LPU 1
LPU 3
LPU 2
MPU 5

83
Slot
Number
Quant
ity
Slot Width Remarks
4 to 5 2 41 mm (1.6 inches) These slots hold MPUs that work in 1:1
backup mode.

This chapter describes the power supply system of the NE40E-X3.
Power modules convert the input voltage into -48 V DC voltage to supply power for the entire
system. The power dupply system has the following features:
l The power supply system consists of two AC power modules or two DC power modules
working in 1+1 backup mode.
l Both AC power modules and DC power modules support alarm functions. DC power
modules support I
2
C communications and AC power modules support RS485
communications.
4.2.2 Diagram of the Power Supply System
This section describes power supply system of the NE40E-X8.
Two AC power modules or two DC power modules work in 1+1 backup mode to improve the
reliability of power supply. Figure 4-6 shows the diagram of the power supply system.
Figure 4-6 Diagram of the DC power supply system
PEM 1
PEM 2
Boards
Backplane
MPU 4
LPU 1
LPU 3
LPU 2
MPU 5
FAN

supply module.
84
The PEM of the NE40E-X3 is 1 U, as shown in Figure 4-7.
Figure 4-7 Appearance of the PEM

Figure 4-8 shows the panel of PEM on the NE40E-X3.
Figure 4-8 Appearance of the panel on the PEM

The indicator colors are displayed on the NE40E-X3's PEM through LED. Table 4-3 describes
the indicators.
RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, it indicates
that the power module is running normally.
ALM Red It indicates power failure. If it is steady on:
l Lightning-proof circuits on the power module become
faulty.
l One of the power modules does not have input power.

The following is the introduction to the PEM.
The PEM of the NE40E-X3 has one straight-through power input that provides the following
functions:
l Surge protection, filtering, and short circuit protection
l Alarm function
Table 4-4 lists the technical parameters of the PEM.
85
in. x 7.48 in. )
Output current 42 A

supply module.
The AC power module of the NE40E-X3 as shown in Figure 4-9.
Figure 4-9 Appearance of the AC power module

Figure 4-10 shows the panel of the AC power module on the NE40E-X3.
Figure 4-10 Appearance of the panel on the AC power module of the NE40E-X3

Table 4-5 describes the indicators on the AC power module.
86
Table 4-5 Description of the indicators on the AC power module
RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, the
power module is working normally.
ALARM Amber It indicates alarms. If it is on, a recoverable fault
occurs on the power module.
l If it is blinking, the communication is cut off.
l If it is steady on, faults occur, such as overvoltage
or undervoltage of input power or overcurrent.
FAULT Red It indicates a fault. If it is steady on, an unrecoverable
fault occurs on the power module. For example, fans
become faulty, no current is output, or output current
is short circuited.

The AC power module provides the following functions:
l Protection against overcurrent of output power
l Protection against overvoltage of output power
l Protection against short circuit
l Alarm functions
height)
Input voltage range 90 VAC to 275 VAC
175 VAC to 275 VAC (recommend)
Output voltage -53.3V
Maximum output current -53.3V/30A
Maximum output power 1600 W

system.
87
The NE40E-X3 draws in air from the left and exhausts air from the rear. The air intake vent is
located at the left side of the chassis and the air exhaust vent is located at the rear of the chassis.
The fan module of the NE40E-X3 is located at the air exhaust vent. The system draws in air for
heat dissipation, as shown in Figure 4-11 and Figure 4-12.
Figure 4-11 Air flow in the NE40E-X3 DC chassis

Figure 4-12 Air flow in the NE40E-X3 AC chassis

The heat dissipation system consists of the following components:
l One fan module
l An air intake vent and an air exhaust vent
l An air filter
l Fans on power modules
88
An air filter is installed over the air intake vent of the NE40E-X3. The air filter has a curved
efficiency.
4.3.3 Fan Module
The fan modules, which are located at the rear of the NE40E-X3, performs heat dissipation and
ventilation for the entire system.
The fan module of the NE40E-X3 consists of a fan frame, two fans, and a Fan Control Board
(FCB), as shown in Figure 4-13. When a single fan fails, the system can still work normally for
a short period of time at ambient temperature of 40C ( 104F ).
Figure 4-13 Appearance of the NE40E-X3 fan module

Figure 4-14 shows the fan module panel of the NE40E-X3.
Figure 4-14 NE40E-X3 fan module panel

Table 4-7 describes the indicators on the panel of the fan module.
89
Table 4-7 Descriptions of the indicators on the panel of the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks, the fan module is
working normally.
Red If the indicator blinks, the fan module or
PEM is faulty.

Dimensions (width x depth x height) 160 mm x 108 mm x 213 mm ( 6.30 in. x 4.25
in. x 8.39 in. )
Maximum wind pressure 700 Pa
Maximum wind rate
850 m
3
/h ( 51870145 in.
3
/h )
Maximum noise 78 dB

4.3.4 Air Filter
The air filter of the NE40E-X3 is located on the left rear of the chassis, as shown in Figure
4-15.
Figure 4-15 Air filter on the NE40E-X3 air intake frame

NOTE
The air filter of the NE40E-X3 can be bent, which facilitates the maintenance within a limited space in the rear
of the chassis.
90
LPUs and MPUs serve as the basis for fan speed adjustment. General principles are listed below:
Ambient
Temperat
ure
Rotational
Speed
Noise and Dissipation Standards
-5C+27
C ( 23F
80.6F )
Low speed (45%
Pulse Width
Modulation
(PWM) and 55%
rotational speed)
When fans rotate at a constantly low speed, the noises
meet the ETSI standard and the fans meet heat dissipation
requirements of a fully configured system.
27C45
C ( 80.6F
113F)
Over 45C
( 113F )
High speed (100%
Pulse Width
Modulation
(PWM) and 100%
rotational speed)
requirements.

4.4 Control Plane
The MPU of the NE40E-X3 controls and manages the system and switches data. The MPUs
work in 1+1 backup mode. The MPU consists of the main control unit, switching unit, system
clock unit, synchronous clock unit, and system maintenance unit. The functions of the MPU are
described from the following aspects.
As the system control and management unit, the MPU provides the following functions on the
MPU for processing. In addition, the MPU broadcasts and filters packets, and downloads
l Outband communication between boards: The LAN switch modules integrated on the MPU
provide outband communications between boards. In this manner, communications
between MPUs, LPUs, and SFUs are controlled and maintained, and messages can be
exchanged.
the management interfaces (serial interfaces) provided by the MPU.
91
l Data configuration: The MPU stores configuration data, startup files, charging information,
l Data storage: The MPU provides two interfaces for CF cards, which serve as mass storage
System Clock Unit
As the system clock unit, the MPU provides accurate and reliable SDH clock signals for LPUs.
The MPU can provide two-channel 2.048-MHz synchronous clock signals for the downstream
devices, or receive 2.048-MHz or 2.048-Mbit/s external reference clock signals. In addition, the
MPU provides two time interfaces to support 1PPS+ASCII or 2 x DCLS time signals.
As the system maintenance unit, the MPU collects monitored information to test system units
locally or remotely, or implements in-service upgrading of system units.
The MPU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
Monitorbus. The MPU then generates related control information based on the collected
Through the joint test action group (JTAG) bus, the MPU remotely or locally tests system units,
or performs in-service upgrading of system units.
Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the MPU work in 1:1
The two MPUs work in 1:1 backup mode. Each MPU monitors the status of the other. If the
master MPU is faulty, the slave MPU automatically takes over as the master MPU.
4.4.2 CR52-MPUD
Appearance
Figure 4-16 shows the appearance of the MPU.
Figure 4-16 Appearance of the MPU

92
NOTE
The CF card is not hot swappable. In this document, the equipment exterior is for reference only. The actual
equipment may differ from what is shown in the figures.
MPU Panel
1. Ejector lever 2. BITS0 3. BITS1 4. ETH0
5. CF OFL button 6. CF indicator 7. CF card slot 8. Reset button
9. OFL button 10. OFL indicator 11. ACT indicator 12. ALM indicator
13. RUN indicator 14. Console 15. AUX interface

Table 4-9 describes the buttons and indicators on the MPU panel.
Table 4-9 Buttons and indicators on the MPU panel
Indicator/
Button
Description
Note:
OFL indicator
(red)
RUN indicator
(green)
the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the
system is in the alarm state.
ALM indicator
(red)
ACT active/
standby indicator
(green)
If the indicator is on, the MPU is in the active state.
If the indicator is off, the MPU is in the standby state.
93
Indicator/
Button
Description
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. Press the Reset button, and
you can reset the MPU.
CF ACT indicator
(green)
LINK indicator
(green) (on the
Ethernet
interface)
ACT indicator
(amber) (on
Ethernet
interfaces)

Table 4-10 describes the interfaces on the MPU and their uses.
Table 4-10 Interfaces on the MPU and their uses
Type
Description
Eth0 (10M/100M/
1000M Base-TX
auto-sensing)
RJ45 It connects to the NMS workstation and has LINK and
ACT indicators.
Console interface RJ45 It connects to the console for on-site configuration of
the system.
AUX interface RJ45 It connects to the Modem for remote maintenance
through dialing.
standard
(compatible
with TYPE I
standard)
It is used to hold a CF card to store data files as a
massive storage device.
BITS0 interface RJ45 External synchronous clock/time interface
BITS1 interface RJ45 External synchronous clock/time interface

Table 4-11 lists the attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interfaces.
94
Connector type RJ45
full-duplex modes
Standard
compliance
IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable
specification
Mbit/s

Connector type RJ45
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
Data equipment
type
Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)
Cable
specification

Connector type RJ45
Electrical
attribute
RS-232
95
Data equipment
type
Cable
specification

Table 4-14 lists the attributes of the external clock interface.
Connector type RJ45
Cable
specification
Common network cables or shielded network cables
Standard
compliance
G.703 and TIA/EIA-422-B

Item Description
Dimensions (width x depth x height) DC chassis: 442 mm x 650 mm x 175 mm ( 17.40 in.
x 25.59 in. x 6.89 in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 750 mm x 175 mm (17.40 in. x 29.53 in. x
AC chassis: 442 mm x 650 mm x 220 mm ( 17.40 in.
x 25.59 in. x 8.66 in. )(chassis main body dimensions)
442 mm x 750 mm x 220 mm (17.40 in. x 29.53 in. x
96
Item Description
Weight Empty chassis DC chassis: 12 kg ( 26.46 lb )
AC chassis: 20 kg ( 44.1 lb )
Full
configuration
(maximal)
DC chassis:
l 36kg ( 79.38 lb )(with LPUF-21)
l 41kg ( 90.41 lb )(with LPUF-40)
AC chassis:
l 46kg ( 101.43 lb )(with LPUF-21)
l 51kg ( 112.46 lb )(with LPUF-40)
DC input
voltage
Rated voltage -48 V
Maximum
voltage range
-38 V to -72 V
AC input
voltage
Maximum
voltage range
90 V to 275 V AC
System
reliability
MTBF (year) 22.78
MTTR (hour) 0.5
Ambient
temperature
Relative
humidity

NOTE
The measurement point of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft ) over the floor and 0.4 m ( 1.31 ft )
in front of the cabinet without the front and back doors.
Short-term operation means that continuous operating time does not exceed 48 hours and accumulated operating
time per year does not exceed 15 days. If an operation exceeds either of these conditions, it is called a long-term
operation.
97
MPU MPU MPU
SPU SPU SPU
Flexible Card Versatile Service
Unit 10
VSUF-10
Integrated Versatile Service
Unit 20 A
VSUI-20-A
LPUF-10 Flexible Card Line Processing
Unit (LPUF-10,four slots)
LPUF-10
1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-
XFP Flexible Card
FPIC-1xOC192-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-1xOC48-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-2xOC48-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-4xOC48-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-4xOC12-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-8xOC12-POS
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
Flexible Card
FPIC-4xOC3-POS
8-port OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
Flexible Card
FPIC-8xOC3-POS
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-2xOC12-ATM
SFP Flexible Card
FPIC-4xOC3-ATM
Flexible Card
FPIC-8xGE
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible
Card A
P10-8xFE/GE-SFP-A
2-Port Channelized OC-3c/
STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card
2xcPOS/STM1-SFP
24-Port Channelized E1/T1-
DB100 Flexible Card
24xcE1/cT1-DB 100
98
4-Port Clear Channel E3/
Channelized T3-SMB Flexible
Card
4xE3/cT3-SMB
Unit (LPUF-21,2 sub-slots)
LPUF-21
XFP Flexible Card
1x10GBase LAN/WAN
XFP-A Flexible Card
1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A
XFP-B Flexible Card
XFP-B
XFP-E Flexible Card
XFP-E
12-port 100Base-FX/1000Base-
X-SFP Flexible Card
12x100/1000Base-SFP
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP-A
Flexible Card
Flexible Card B
P20-12xGE-SFP-B
Flexible Card E
P20-10xGE-SFP-E
12-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T Flexible Card
12x10/100/1000Base-TX-
RJ45
XFP Flexible Card
POS-XFP
XFP Flexible Card
4x10GBase LAN/WAN
40-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/
1000Base-T Flexible Card
40x10/100/1000Base-TX-
RJ45
40-port 100Base-FX/1000Base-
X-SFP Flexible Card
40x100/1000Base-SFP
XFP+20-port 100/1000Base-X
SFP Flexible Card
XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
LPUS-20
410GBase LAN/WAN
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP
LPUS-20
40100/1000Base-SFP
99
40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45
LPUS-20
4010/100/1000Base-TX-
RJ45
Unit (LPUF-40,2 sub-slots)
LPUF-40
20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP
Flexible Card
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP
20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP
Flexible Card A
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A
XFP Flexible Card
XFP
XFP Flexible Card A
XFP-A
20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP
Flexible Card B
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B
XFP Flexible Card B
XFP-B
20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45
Flexible Card
P4020 x FE/GE-RJ45
XFP Flexible Card
P404x10GBase LAN/
WANXFP
XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
LPUI-40
Integrated Line Processing Unit
LPUI-40
40FE/GE-SFP
Unit
LPUI-41
Unit
LPUI-41
LPUI-41
48xFE/GE-SFP
XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
LPUI-41
2x10GBase LAN/WAN
XFP20xFE/GE-SFP
100
Unit (LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
LPUI-41
410GBase LAN/WAN-
XFP-1588V2
(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
LPUI-41
40FE/GE-SFP-1588V2
XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
LPUI-41
2x10GBase LAN/WAN
XFP20xFE/GE-
SFP-1588V2
LPUS-41
LPUS-41
LPUS-41
40FE/GE-SFP
101
5 NE40E-8 Chassis Overview
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the device structure, power supply and heat dissipation system of the
NE40E-8.
5.1 Overview
This section describes the features of the NE40E-8
5.2 Power Supply
This section describes the basic contents of the power module.
This section describes the components of the heat dissipation system of the NE40E-8.
5.4 SFU
This section describes the functions of the Switch Fabric Unit (SFU).
5.5 SRU
This section describes the functions of the SRU.
Hardware Description 5 NE40E-8 Chassis Overview
102
5.1 Overview
This section describes the features of the NE40E-8
The NE40E-8 has a powerful monitoring system. The Main Processing Unit (MPU) on the
Switch and Route Processing Unit (SRU) implements the management and maintenance of the
entire system. The MPU can manage, monitor, and maintain the boards, fans, and power
distribution and clock modules.
The NE40E completely meets the requirements for Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC). The
entire system adopts the modular design. Every handle is made of steel sheet to isolate the
electromagnetic wave of boards.
You must install filler panels into the empty slots on the chassis and on the motherboard, and
tighten the screws or close the card fastener. In this manner, the entire system implements
chassis-level shielding, and the requirements on EMC and ventilation and dissipation of the
entire system can be met.
5.1.1 Device Structure
This section describes the appearance and structure of the NE40E-8.
Appearance of theNE40E-8
Dimensions of the NE40E-8 are 442 mm x 669 mm x 886.2 mm ( 17.40 in. x 26.34 in. x 34.89
in. )(width x depth x height).Figure 5-1 shows the appearance of the NE40E-8.
103
Figure 5-1 Appearance of the NE40E-8

Structure of the NE40E-8
Figure 5-2 shows the main components of the NE40E-8.
104
Figure 5-2 Main components of the NE40E-8
1. Plastic panel of the FAN module 2. Fan module 3. Board cage 4. Air intake frame
5. Plastic panel of the power supply module 6. Power supply module 7. Handle 8. Mounting ear
9. Cabling rack

Table 5-1 describes the system configuration data.
Table 5-1 System configuration data list of the NE40E-8
Processing capacity of
the CPU on the SRU
Dominant frequency: 1 GHz -
105
BootROM capacity of
the SRU
1 MB -
SDRAM capacity of
the SRU
1 GB Can be expanded to 2 GB.
NVRAM 512 KB -
CF card 512 MB CF cards with different capacities
can be configured. Can be used as
a massive storage device for
storing data files.
There are two CF cards on the
SRU.
Switching capacity 640 Gbit/s -
Interface capacity 320 Gbit/s -
Number of LPU slots 8 LPUs are optional.
Number of SRU/MPU
slots
2 SRUs/MPUs work in 1:1 backup
mode.
Number of SFU slots 2 SFUs work in 3+1 load balancing
mode with the two SFU modules
integrated into the SRU.
Maximum interface
rate per LPU
10 Gbit/s -

NOTE
l BootROM refers to Boot Read Only Memory and it stores bootstraps used during the startup.
l Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (SDRAM) stores the communication data of the
components and CPU.
l Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM) is an important storage medium. It stores
configuration files and information about the status of the running system.
5.2 Power Supply
This section describes the basic contents of the power module.
The NE40E-8 support DC power input and AC power input. The power module of the NE40E
includes:
l DC-DC convertor
l AC-DC power module
106
DANGER
The DC-DC convertor and the AC-DC power module cannot be used together on the same
device.
Do not operate the power module when it is powered on.
Power modules of the NE40E-8 support hot swap and 1+1 backup.
Special slots are prepared for power modules of the NE40E-8 . The power modules are at the
bottom of the chassis and covered by a plastic panel for preventing dust.
5.2.1 DC Power Supply Module
supply module.
Appearance
Figure 5-3 shows the DC power supply module on the NE40E-8.
Figure 5-3 Appearance of DC power module on the NE40E-8

Front Panel
Figure 5-4 shows the front panel of the DC power supply module on the NE40E-8.
107
Figure 5-4 Front panel of the DC power supply module and its components

The indicators of the NE40E-8's power supply module are visible on the plastic panel through
light pipes.Table 5-2 describes the indicators.
Table 5-2 Description of the indicators of the DC power supply module
PWR IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, it implies
an input in the primary line.
PWR OUT Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, the
outputs of the primary and the secondary lines are normal.
ALM Red Indicates power failure. If the indicator is on, the power
module has one of the following faults:
l The output in the primary line is abnormal. This includes
less than the under-voltage value (-34 V DC to -30 V DC),
or greater than the over-voltage value (-80 V DC to -78
V DC).
l The secondary power output is abnormal, like the power
fan fault, the overheated power module, and the lightning
prevention circuit fault.

NOTE
l The primary line supplies power for the NE40E system and boards.
l The secondary line supplies power for the fan module.
Figure 5-5 shows the plastic panel of the power module on the NE40E-8.
108
Figure 5-5 Plastic panel of the power module on the NE40E-8

Table 5-3 shows the connection between the DC power cable and the terminal.
Table 5-3 Connection between the DC power cable and the terminal
Terminal
Identifier
Cable Color Connected Terminal
RTN (+) Power ground cable Black JG dual-hole crimp terminal
NEG (-) Power cable Blue
PGND Protection ground
cable
Yellow and
green
Not necessary to connect
NOTE
l RTN: Return
l NEG: Negative
l PGND: Protection Ground

Functions
The power supply of the NE40E-8 have a primary straight-through output and a secondary
regulated voltage of -48 V DC output.
The power supply provides the following functions:
l The primary straight-through power provides protection against short circuits.
l The secondary regulated power provides protection against output over-current, output
over-voltage, and short circuits. It also supports alarm functions.
Technical Parameters
Table 5-4 lists the technical parameters of the DC power supply module.
109
Table 5-4 Technical parameters of the DC power supply module
height)
184 mm x 450 mm x 127 mm ( 7.24 in. x 17.72 in. x 5.00
in. )
Weight About 9 kg ( 19.85 lb )
Input voltage -38 V DC to -72 V DC
Output current Active 75 A
Standby 5 A
Rated current of the air switch 100 A

5.2.2 AC Power Supply Module
This section describes the appearance, functions, and technical parameters of the AC power
supply module.
Outline
Figure 5-6 shows the appearance of the power module.
Figure 5-6 Appearance of the AC power supply module

Front Panel
Figure 5-7 shows the front panel of the AC power supply module on the NE40E-8.
110
Figure 5-7 Front panel of the AC power supply module

The indicators of NE40E-8's power supply module are visible on the plastic panel through light
pipes.Table 5-5 describes the indicators.
Table 5-5 Description of the indicators of the AC power supply module
PWR IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, there is an
input in the primary line.
PWR OUT Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, the outputs
of the primary and secondary lines are normal.
ALM Red Indicates power failure. If the indicator is on, the power module
has one of the following faults:
l The power input is abnormal.
l The power output is abnormal (such as over-voltage or short
circuit).
l The fan of the power module fails.
l The power module is overheated.

Figure 5-8 shows the plastic panel of the power module of the NE40E-8.
Figure 5-8 Plastic panel of the power module of the NE40E-8

111
Table 5-6 shows the connection relationship between the AC power cable and the terminal.
Table 5-6 Connection relationship between the AC power cable and the terminal
Terminal Identifier Cable Color Connected Terminal
L Live line Brown OT bare crimping terminal
N Neutral line Blue
E Earth line Yellow and green

Functions
The AC power supply module provides the following functions:
l Protecting against output over-current
l Protecting against output over-voltage
l Protecting against short circuit
l Supporting the alarm function
Technical Parameters
Table 5-7 shows the technical parameters of the AC power supply module.
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 184 mm x 450 mm x 127 mm ( 7.24 in. x 17.72
in. x 5.00 in. )
Weight About 9 kg ( 19.85 lb )
Input voltage 175 VAC to 275 VAC
Output voltage -48 V DC
Maximum output current -48V/62.5A
Capacity for user's air circuit breaker in
power distribution
25 A ( 16 A, Vin = 220 V AC )

This section describes the components of the heat dissipation system of the NE40E-8.
112
CAUTION
The weight of the fan frame of NE40E-8 is 5 kg ( 11.03 lb ), and the depth is 520 mm ( 20.47
in. ). Be careful when removing a fan module to prevent causing injuries to the human body or
damages to the fan module.
The heat dissipation system of the NE40E-8 consists of the following components:
l Fan modules
l Air intake frame
l Fans built in the power supply module
l Air filters
Figure 5-9 shows the air flow inside the NE40E-8.
Figure 5-9 Air flow inside the NE40E-8

5.3.1 Appearance of the Fan Module
The fan module of the NE40E-8 is located behind a plastic panel and is used to cool boards.
The fan module consists of a fan frame, nine fans, and a Fan Control Board (FCB). Figure
5-10 shows the appearance of the fan module. When a single fan fails, the system can still work
normally for a short period of time at ambient temperature of 40C ( 104F ).
113
Figure 5-10 Appearance of the fan module

5.3.2 Front Panel
The indicators of the fan module are on the front panel. Figure 5-11 shows the front panel of
the fan module. Figure 5-12 shows the plastic panel of the NE40E-8 fan module.
Figure 5-11 Front panel of the fan module on the NE40E-8

Figure 5-12 Plastic panel of the fan module on the NE40E-8

Table 5-8 shows the indicators of the fan module on the plastic panel.
Table 5-8 Description of the indicators of the NE40E-8 fan module
Name Color Description
RUN Green If this indicator blinks at a frequency of 1 Hz, the fan module is
working normally.
ALM Red If this indicator is on, the FAN is working abnormally.

114
NOTE
When the FCB fails, the fan board cannot receive the speed regulation or control signal. Thus, The fan
board operates at full speed and the alarm indicator is turned on.
5.3.3 Air Filter
The air filters and the fan modules are located separately. The NE40E-8 has two air filters. One
is located behind the plastic panel of the air intake frame, and the other is behind the plastic
panel of the power supply. Figure 5-13 shows the air filter on the air intake frame.
Figure 5-13 Air filter on the air intake frame

Refer to the Parts Replacement to replace and clean the air filter.
5.3.4 Functions of the FCB
This section describes the functions of the FCB.
The FCB controls the fan speed, and reduces system noise while dissipating heat. The functions
of the FCB are as follows:
l Controlling the fan module and reporting the status of and fault information about the
module
l Communicating with the main Monitorbus of the master MPU/SRU through the bus
interface in a Control Area Network (CAN)
l Detecting whether the fan module is installed and identifying the fan module
l Controlling the indicator of the fan module
l Collecting the temperature around the air exhaust vent through the built-in temperature
sensor
l Detecting the rotating speed of fans
l Adjusting and detecting the operation speed of fans within a range of 50% to 100%
5.3.5 Technical Parameters
This section describes the technical parameters of the fan module.
115
Technical parameters of the fan module are shown in Table 5-9.
height)
410 mm x 520 mm x 44.45 mm (16.14 in. x 20.47 in. x
1.75 in. )
Weight 7.2 kg ( 15.89 lb )
Power consumption (typical
value)
144 W
Maximum blast pressure 200 Pa
Maximum blast volume
2970 m
3
/h ( 170256123 in.
3
/h )
Maximum noise 65 dB

5.4 SFU
This section describes the functions of the Switch Fabric Unit (SFU).
The SFU supports fast data exchange for the system, and works in 3+1 load balancing mode.
The SFUs support traffic switching at line speed of 640 Gbit/s (160 Gbit/s x 4).
An SFU consists of the following units:
l Power unit
It provides power for the SFU.
l Crossbar unit
The crossbar unit, which provides large-capacity cross connection capability, connects all
LPUs, and supports arbitration.
l Monitoring unit
It detects the voltage and temperature. It can also provide protection against overvoltage,
overcurrent, and overheat.
l Central processing unit (CPU)
It performs the configuration and maintenance of the MPU.
On the NE40E, two SFUs are independent and another two SFUs are integrated on the SRUs.
5.4.1 Overview
As the switching unit of the NE40E-8, the SFUs, with high-speed ASIC chips, use the non-
blocking switching structure to exchange data. The two independent SFUs and another two SFUs
integrated on the SRUs perform load balancing in 3+1 backup mode for switching traffic at line
speed of 640 Gbit/s.
Figure 5-14 shows the appearance of the SFU.
116
Figure 5-14 Appearance of the SFU

5.4.2 Features and Functions
Functions
As the switching unit of the NE40E, the SFU switches service data for the system.
The SFU has a control channel to detect the voltage and temperature and provides protection
against overvoltage and overheat. The SFU also supports power-on and power-off of the power
module manually or through commands.
Reliability
The SFUs operate in 3+1 backup mode. When an SFU is faulty or replaced, the remaining three
SFUs automatically perform load balancing without interrupting services.
5.4.3 Panel
Panel Appearance
Figure 5-15 shows the appearance of the SFU panel.
Figure 5-15 Appearance of the SFU panel

Buttons and Indicators on the Panel
Table 5-10 lists the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU.
117
Table 5-10 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SFU
Component Description
OFL button An offline button. Before removing a board, press and hold the
OFL button for about six seconds till the OFL indicator is on.
RUN indicator
(green)
l If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the SFU
is in the normal state.
l If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the SFU is in the
alarm state.
ACT active/standby
indicator (green)
l If the indicator is on, the SFU is in the normal state.
l If the indicator is off, the SFU is in the abnormal state.

5.4.4 Technical Specifications
Table 5-11 lists the technical specifications of the SFU.
Table 5-11 Technical specifications of the SFU
Item Specification
Silkscreen of the board name SFU
Weight 1.65 kg ( 3.64 lb )
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 35 mm x 520 mm x 190 mm ( 1.38 in. x 20.47 in. x
7.48 in. )
Switching capacity 160 Gbit/s
NOTE
For descriptions of the memory, refer to the appendix "Glossary & Acronyms and Abbreviations."

5.5 SRU
This section describes the functions of the SRU.
5.5.1 Overview
As the main control unit of the NE40E, the SRU controls and manages the system and exchanges
data. The NE40E provides two SRUs. The SRUs work in 1:1 backup mode. An SRU consists
of the main control unit, switching unit, clock unit, synchronous switching clock unit, and system
maintenance unit.
118
There are two CF cards on the SRU: One is located on the PCB, and the other is located on the
panel.
Figure 5-16 shows the appearance of the SRU.

Figure 5-17 shows the appearance of an SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.

5.5.2 Features and Functions
Core Unit for System Control and Management
As the core unit for system control and management, the SRU provides the following functions
of the control plane of the system:
l Route calculation
All protocol packets are sent by the forwarding engine to the SRU. The SRU broadcasts
and filters protocol packets, and downloads routing policies from the policy server.
l Outband communication between boards
The LAN switch module integrated with the SRU performs the outband communication
between boards. It manages and maintains LPUs, SFUs, and SRUs, and exchanges
information between the boards.
l Device management and maintenance
The SRU manages and maintains the system through the management interfaces such as
the console interface.
119
l Data configuration
The SRU stores the configuration data and information about startup files, accounting,
software upgrade, and logs. Two CF cards on the SRU are used to store system data as
massive storage devices. The capacity of a CF card is 512 MB.
Part of the SFU
On the NE40E-8, the switching plane of the SRU exchanges data independently.
Each SRU is integrated with two SFUs. The integrated SFUs, together with another two SFUs,
operate in 3+1 backup mode. These four SFUs provide four switching planes and perform load
balancing.
System Clock Unit
The system clock unit of the SRU provides LPUs with reliable Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
(SDH) clock signals.
The SRU can provide the downstream devices with two-channel 2.048 MHz synchronous clock
signals, and can receive 2.048 MHz or 2.048 Mbit/s external reference clock signals.
In addition to the preceding functions, the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol can provide
Stratum-3 clock synchronization and 1588v2 clock synchronization through different
configurations on interfaces.
Synchronous Switching Clock Unit
The synchronous switching clock unit provides the SFUs with reliable synchronous clock signals
to maintain synchronization between the SFUs and the LPUs.
The SRU periodically collects the monitoring information of the system. The SRU can
implement local or remote test or in-service upgrade of system units through the JTAG bus.
The SRU periodically collects information about the operation of system units through the
MonitorBUS. It then generates such control information as in-position boards detection and fan
speed adjustment based on the running state.
Reliability
The main control modules, clock modules, and LAN switch modules on the SRU work in 1:1
The two SRUs work in 1:1 backup mode. When the master SRU fails, the slave SRU takes over
as the master one.
5.5.3 Panel
Panel Appearance
Figure 5-18 shows the appearance of the SRU panel.
120
Figure 5-18 Appearance of the SRU panel

Figure 5-19 shows the panel of the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.
Figure 5-19 Appearance of the SRU panel
121

Buttons and Indicators on the Panel
Table 5-12 lists the buttons and indicators on the panel of the SRU.
OFL button An offline button. Before removing a board, press and hold the OFL
button for about six seconds till the OFL indicator is on.
NOTE
RUN indicator (green) l If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), the
system is in the normal state.
l If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), the system is
in the alarm state.
ALM indicator (red) l If the indicator is on, the system is in the alarm state.
l If the indicator is off, the system is in the normal state.
ACT active/standby
indicator (green)
l If the indicator is on, the SRU is in the active state.
l If the indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
Reset button It is used to reset the main control unit of the SRU.
CF ACT indicator (red) l If the indicator is blinking, the data is being received or
transmitted.
l If the indicator is off, no data is being received or transmitted.
NOTE
The CF card is not hot swappable.
LINK indicator (green)
(on the Ethernet
interface)
l If the indicator is on, the link is Up.
l If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
ACT indicator (yellow)
(on the Ethernet
interface)
l If the indicator is off, no data is being received or transmitted.
l If the indicator is blinking, the data is being received or
transmitted.

Interface Functions
Table 5-13 lists the functions of the interfaces on the SRU.
122
Table 5-13 Functions of the interfaces on the SRU
Interface Name Connector Type Description
ETH0 (10M/100M/
1000M Base-TX
auto-sensing)
RJ45 Used to connect the system network
workstation. This interface has the LINK
and ACT indicators.
Console interface RJ45 Used to connect the console for system
configuration.
AUX interface RJ45 Used to connect to the modem for remote
CF interface TYPE II standard
(TYPE I standard is
compatible)
Used to save data files as a massive
storage device.
CLK-IN1 SMB (Sub-miniature B) Used to receive the external clock signal
of 2.048 MHz or 2.048 Mbit/s.
CLK-IN2
CLK-OUT1 SMB Used to output the 2.048 MHz or 2.048
Mbit/s clock signal to the downstream
device.
CLK-OUT2

Table 5-14lists the functions of the interfaces on the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.
Table 5-14 Functions of the interfaces on the SRU
Type
Description
ETH0 (10M/100M/
1000M Base-TX auto-
sensing)
RJ45 Used to connect the system network
workstation. This interface has the LINK and
ACT indicators.
Console interface RJ45 Used to connect the console for system
configuration.
AUX interface RJ45 Used to connect to the modem for remote
maintenance through dial-up.
CF interface TYPE II standard
(TYPE I standard
is compatible)
Used to save data files as a mass storage device.
CLK/TOD 0 RJ45 Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,
2 MHz clock signals, clock signals of
combining 1 PPS and ASCII, and DCLS clock
signals from two channels.
123
Type
Description
CLK/TOD 1 RJ45 Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,
2 MHz clock signals, clock signals of
combining 1 PPS and ASCII, and DCLS clock
signals from two channels.
CLK/1PPS SMB Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,
2 MHz clock signals, and 1 PPS signals.
CLK/Serial SMB Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals,
2 MHz clock signals, and RS232 signals.

5.5.4 Interface Attributes
The following lists the interface attributes.
Table 5-15 Attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45 interface
Attributes Description
Connector type RJ45
Working mode 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensingHalf-duplex and full-
duplex
Standard compliance IEEE 802.3-2002
Cable specification When the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s,
Category 5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable is
recommended.
When the interface works at 1000 Mbit/s, Super
category 5 Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) cable is
recommended.

Table 5-16 Attributes of the console interface
Connector type RJ45
Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
Electrical attribute RS-232
Baud rate Can be configured and the default value is 9600 bit/s
Data equipment type Data Circuit-terminating Equipment (DCE)
Cable specification 8-core shielded cable

124
Table 5-17 Attributes of the AUX interface
Connector type RJ45
Working mode Duplex UART
Electrical attribute RS-232
Baud rate Can be configured and the default value is 9600 bit/s
Data equipment type Data Terminal Equipments (DTE)
Cable specification 8-core shielded cable

Table 5-18 Attributes of the external clock interface with the SMB connector
Connector type SMB
Cable specification 75-ohm clock cable
Standard compliance G.703

Table 5-19 Attributes of the external clock interface with the RJ45 connector
Connector type RJ45
Cable specification 120-ohm clock cable
Standard compliance G.703

Table 5-20 lists the technical specifications of the SRU.
Table 5-20 Technical specifications of the SRU
Item Specification
Silk screen of the board name SRU
Power consumption (typical value) 80 W (in full configuration)
Weight 3.96 kg ( 8.73 lb )
125
Item Specification
15.75 in. )
Clock input Two channels of 2.048 Mbit/s or 2.048 MHz signals
Clock output Two channels of 2.048 Mbit/s or 2.048 MHz signals
Active CPU Type Power PC
Dominant frequency 1000 MHz
Digit 32 bits
Memory DDR SDRAM The memory is 1 GB, which
can be expanded to 2 GB.
BootROM 1 MB
Flash 32 MB
NVRAM 512 KB
CF card 512 MB
NOTE

Table 5-21 lists the technical specifications of the SRU that supports the 1588v2 protocol.
Table 5-21 Technical specifications of the SRU
Item Specification
Silk screen of the board name SRU
Power consumption (typical value) 80 W (in full configuration)
Weight 3.96 kg ( 8.73 lb )
15.75 in. )
CLK/TOD Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals, 2 MHz
clock signals, clock signals of combining 1 PPS and
ASCII, and DCLS clock signals from two channels.
CLK/1PPS Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals, 2 MHz
clock signals, and 1 PPS signals.
CLK/Serial Used to input or output 2 Mbit/s clock signals, 2 MHz
clock signals, and RS232 signals.
Active CPU Type Power PC
126
Item Specification
Dominant frequency 1000 MHz
Digit 32 bits
Memory DDR SDRAM The memory is 1 GB, which
can be expanded to 2 GB.
BootROM 1 MB
Flash 32 MB
NVRAM 512 KB
CF card 512 MB
NOTE

Table 5-22 lists the physical parameters of the NE40E-8.
Table 5-22 Physical parameters of the NE40E-8
Item Parameters
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 442 mm x 669 mm x 886mm ( 17.40 in.
x 26.34 in. x 34.88 in. )
Cabinet N68E cabinet or 19-inch standard
cabinet.
Typical power consumption 2200 W (full configuration)
Weight Empty chassis 70 kg ( 154.35 lb )
Full configuration(maximal) 147 kg ( 324.14 lb )
DC input Rated voltage -48 V
Allowed voltage -38 V to -72 V
AC input Allowed voltage 90 V to 275 V AC
System reliability MTBF (year) 21.82
127
Item Parameters
MTTR (hour) 0.5
Environment
temperature
(Celsius degree)
Storage temperature (Celsius degree) -40C to 70C ( 40F to 158F )
Environment
relative humidity
Storage relative humidity 0% RH to 95% RH, no coagulation
Long-term altitude Less than 3000 m ( 9842.4 ft )
Storage altitude Less than 5000 m ( 16404 ft )

NOTE
l The measurement point of the temperature and humidity is 1.5 m ( 4.92 ft ) above the floor and 0.4 m
( 1.31 ft ) away from and in front of the cabinet without the front and back doors.
l Short-term operation means that continuous operating time does not exceed 48 hours and accumulated
operating time per year does not exceed 15 days. If an operation exceeds either of these conditions, it
is called a long-term operation.
Table 5-23 lists the specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-8.
Table 5-23 Specifications of boards supported by the NE40E-8
MPU MPU SRU
SFU SFU SFU
Versatile Service
Process Unit C
Versatile Service
Process Unit C
SPU
Motherboard
LPUF-10
Flexible Card Line
Processing Unit
LPUF-10
FPIC LPUF-10 1-Port OC-192c/
STM-64c POS-XFP
FPIC
FPIC-1xOC192-POS
POS-SFP FPIC
FPIC-1xOC48-POS
128
POS-SFP FPIC
FPIC-2xOC48-POS
POS-SFP FPIC
FPIC-4xOC48-POS
POS-SFP FPIC
FPIC-4xOC12-POS
POS-SFP FPIC
FPIC-8xOC12-POS
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c
POS-SFP FPIC
FPIC-4xOC3-POS
8-port OC-3c/STM-1c
POS-SFP FPIC
FPIC-8xOC3-POS
ATM-SFP FPIC
FPIC-2xOC12-ATM
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c
ATM-SFP FPIC
FPIC-4xOC3-ATM
8-port 100/1000Base-
SFP FPIC
FPIC-8xGE
FPIC A
P10-8xFE/GE-SFP-A
2-port OC-3c/STM-1c
CPOS-SFP FPIC
2xcPOS/STM1-SFP
24-port CE1/CT1-
DB100 FPIC
24xcE1/cT1-DB 100
4-port E3/CT3 FPIC 4xE3/cT3-SMB
Motherboard
LPUF-21
Flexible Card Line
Processing Unit
LPUF-21
FPIC LPUF-21 1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP FPIC
1x10GBase LAN/WAN
1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP-A FPIC
1x10GBase LAN/WAN-A
1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP-B FPIC
1-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP-E FPIC
12-port 100Base-FX/
1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
12x100/1000Base-SFP
129
12-port 100/1000Base-
SFP-A FPIC
12-port 100/1000Base-
SFP FPIC B
P20-12xGE-SFP-B
10-port 1000Base-X-
SFP FPIC E
P20-10xGE-SFP-E
12-port 10Base-T/
T FPIC
12x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
1-port OC-192c/
STM-64c POS-XFP
FPIC
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP
4-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP FPIC
4x10GBase LAN/WAN
40-port 10Base-T/
T FPIC
40x10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
40-port 100Base-FX/
1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
40x100/1000Base-SFP
2-port 10GBase LAN/
WAN-XFP+20-port
100/1000Base-X SFP
FPIC
XFP-20xFE/GE-SFP
130
6 Boards
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the boards of the device.
6.1 Service Process Unit
6.2 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-100,four slots)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the LPUF-100.
6.3 Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-100).
6.4 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Flexible Card Line Processing Unit
(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots) and FPIC.
6.5 Integrated Line Processing Unit (LPUI-40)
(LPUI-40).
(LPUI-41).
6.7 Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41).
Hardware Description 6 Boards
131
6.1 Service Process Unit
6.1.1 Versatile Service Process Unit C
This section describes the application scenarios, functions, panels, and technical specifications
of the Versatile Service Process Unit C (SPUC).
The Service Processing Unit C (SPUC) implements the NetStream function and processes tunnel
services related to Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) and multicast Virtual Private Networks
(VPNs).
Overview
Figure 6-1 shows the appearance of the SPUC.
Figure 6-1 Appearance of the SPUC

Application
Supporting NetStream
The NetStream function enables the administrator to obtain detailed records of network traffic.
The exported NetStream data helps in:
l Network management and planning
l Enterprise accounting and department billing
l ISP billing report
l Data storage
l Data collection for business
The LPU classifies NetStream flows based on the source IP address, destination IP address,
source port number, destination port number, IP protocol type, IP Type of Service (ToS), and
inbound interface. Then, the LPU sends the NetStream flows to the SPUC. The SPUC collects
statistics, encapsulates the statistics in UDPs, and sends the UDPs to the LPU. The statistics can
be used for:
132
l Accounting
l Network planning and analysis
l Network monitoring
l Application monitoring and analysis
l User monitoring and analysis
Figure 6-2 shows the procedure for processing NetStream services.
Figure 6-2 Procedure for processing NetStream services
Configuration
information
LPU
Sample
Sampling
packets
Forward
Packets
Packets Packets UDP Packets
MPU
Manage
configuration
Entity information
Statistics information
Debugging information
Alarm information
NetStream
Encapsulate
Statistics
Analyze
UDP
Packets
Forward
S
F
U

Supporting GRE
GRE is used to encapsulate packets of a certain network protocol, such as IP or IPX packets.
The encapsulated packets can be transmitted in the network running another network protocol,
such as IP.
As a Layer 3 tunneling protocol for VPNs, GRE uses the tunneling technology. A tunnel can be
taken as a virtual interface that supports only point-to-point connections. The tunnel interface
provides a tunnel for data forwarding. Packets are encapsulated and decapsulated at both ends
of the tunnel.
Figure 6-3 shows a typical networking diagram of GRE. VPN sites 1 and 2 are separated by the
VPN backbone network. A GRE tunnel is set up for the communication between the two sites.
Figure 6-3 Typical networking diagram of GRE
GRE tunnel
VPN
site 1
VPN
site 2
VPN
backbone
CE PE PE CE

133
Supporting Multicast VPN
Multicast VPN services means that multicast data can be transmitted between VPNs through the
backbone network on the basis of Multiprotocol Label Switching MPLS or Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) VPN.
Figure 6-4 shows a typical networking diagram of multicast VPN.
The multicast source S1 belongs to VPN A. S1 sends multicast data to a multicast group G. Only
the group members of site1. site2, and site3 that belong to VPN A can receive the multicast data.
The data is transmitted in multicast mode in each site and on the public network.
Figure 6-4 Typical networking diagram of multicast VPN
VPN A
site 3
VPN A
site2
VPN A
site 1
VPN B
site 4
VPN B
site 6
VPN B
site 5
CE 4
CE 1
CE 5
CE 2
CE 6
CE 3
PE 3
PE 2
PE 1
P1
P2
P3
Core
Layer
Edge
Layer
CPE
layer

Supporting NAT
NAT is the acronym for network address translation, NAT is the process of converting the IP
address carried in an IP packet header to another type of IP address.
NAT enables users from private networks to access the Internet. NAT implements mapping
between a small number of Internet IP addresses and a great number of private network IP
addresses. NAT makes it possible to use a large number of addresses within a private network,
This approach not only without depleting the limited number of available numeric Internet IP
addresses, but also protects the privacy of internal hosts.
Figure 6-5 shows a typical networking diagram of NAT.
NAT is configured on the egress of the intranet of an enterprise. In this manner, users on the
intranet can access the Interne by using a small number of Internet IP addresses. The device
sends the log of intranet users' access to the Internet to the log server.
134
Figure 6-5 Typical networking diagram of NAT
NAT-enabled
Router
Internet
NAT server/log server
Organization A
Organization B
Organization C
Intranet

Features and Functions
Functions
An SPUC implements the NetStream function and processes tunnel services related to GRE and
NAT and multicast VPNs. An SPUC does not have any physical interfaces and can be inserted
into any LPU slot.
Reliability
Based on a hierarchical architecture, the SPUC is divided into a service control plane and a
packet forwarding plane, reducing the coupling ratio and complexity between modules and
improving board reliability.
Panel
Figure 6-6 shows the panel appearance of the SPUC.
135
Figure 6-6 Panel appearance of the SPUC

Table 6-1 describes the button and indicators on the panel of the SPUC.
Table 6-1 Buttons and indicator on the panel of the SPUC
OFL button It is a button indicating the removal of a board. Before removing a
board, you need to press and hold the OFL button for about 6s till the
OFL indicator is on.
OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, you can remove a board safely.
RUN indicator
(green)
If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the system is in the normal
state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the system is in the
alarm state.

Interfaces
There is no interface on the SPUC.
None.
Technical Specifications
Table 6-2 lists the technical specifications of the SPUC.
Table 6-2 Technical specifications of the SPUC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
SPUC
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
400 mm x 520mm x 41 mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.47 in. x 1.61 in. )
136
Item Specifications
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 176 W
Weight 5.75 kg ( 12.68 lb )

6.1.2 Flexible Card Versatile Service Unit 10(VSUF-10)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the VSUF-10.
Overview
The VSUF-10 is of a multi-core processing architecture and has a high-performance multi-core
processing engine and a large memory. The board provides flexible and complicated service
processing capabilities and ensures bandwidth for the user traffic with a large throughput.
Figure 6-7 shows the appearance of the VSUF-10.
Figure 6-7 Appearance of the VSUF-10

Panel
Table 6-3 describes the indicators on the panel.
Table 6-3 Indicators on the panel of the VSUF-10
OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, you can remove the board safely.
137
RUN indicator
(green)
If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the LPU is in the normal
state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is in the
alarm state.

Table 6-4 lists the technical specifications of the VSUF-10.
Table 6-4 Technical specifications of the VSUF-10
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 150 W
Board weight About 5.3kg ( 11.69 lb )

Product Specifications
Table 6-5 lists the product specifications of the VSUF-10.
Table 6-5 Product specifications of the VSUF-10
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features
l FCC
l RET
l MDI
Hardware features
l Supporting hot swap
NMS Enhanced command-line interface
SNMP and MIB support
Operating
conditions
Long-term ambient temperature: 0C to 45C ( 32F to 113F )
Short-term ambient temperature- 5C to +55C ( 23F to 131F )
Long-term relative humidity: 5% to 85%
Short-term relative humidity: 0% to 95%
138
Item Specifications
Storage conditions Storage temperatu-e: 40C to +70C ( 40F to 158F )
Storage humidity: 0% to 95%

6.1.3 Integrated Versatile Service Unit 20 A(VSUI-20-A)
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the VSUI-20-A.
Overview
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) is a Layer 3 VPN protocol. Data streams in different VPNs
can be authenticated and encrypted, and then transmitted through secure IPSec tunnels. Security
associations are conventions on parameters of the IPSec tunnel to be established between two
communication ends. The Internet Key Exchange (IKE) protocol is used to generate a key for
IPSec.
The VSUI-20-A, also known as the CR5DVSUI201A, provides the following functions:
l Encrypts user data to ensure data secrecy.
l Checks data completeness to ensure that the data is not modified when being transmitted.
l Prevents anti-replay of data by means of a sequence number and prevents middleman attack
by means of authentication.
l Supports negotiations of security algorithms and keys between devices and provides a
secure mechanism for online key generation.
l Supports two security modes, that is, transport mode and tunnel mode, to meet requirements
of different network structures.
Figure 6-8 shows the appearance of the VSUI-20-A.
Figure 6-8 Appearance of the VSUI-20-A

Panel
139
Table 6-6 Indicators on the panel of the VSUI-20-A
RUN indicator
(green)
alarm state.

Table 6-7 lists the technical specifications of the VSUI-20-A.
Table 6-7 Technical specifications of the VSUI-20-A
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 335 W
Board weight About 8.0 kg ( 17.64 lb )

Table 6-8 lists the product specifications of the VSUI-20-A.
Table 6-8 Product specifications of the VSUI-20-A
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features
l NSF
l OIR
Hardware features
140
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

Overview
The LPUF-100 provides four slots that can hold full-height FPICs or four half-height FPICs.
An FPIC supports the following functions:
l Hot swap
l Automatic recovery of configurations
l Intermixing with other types of FPICs
Figure 6-9 shows the appearance of the LPUF-100.
Figure 6-9 Appearance of the LPUF-100

Panel
Figure 6-10 shows the panel appearance of the LPUF-100. Table 6-9 describes the indicators
on the panel.
141
Figure 6-10 Panel appearance of the LPUF-100

Table 6-9 Indicators and button on the panel of the LPUF-100
board, you need to press and hold the OFL button for about five
seconds till the OFL indicator is on.
RUN indicator
(green)
state.

Table 6-10 lists the technical specifications of the LPUF-100.
Table 6-10 Technical specifications of the LPUF-100
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 266 W

Table 6-11 lists the product specifications of the LPUF-100.
142
Table 6-11 Product specifications of the LPUF-100
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features
l Nonstop Forwarding (NSF)
l Online insertion and removal (OIR)
l MPLS Fast Reroute (FRR)
Hardware features
l The LPUF-100 supports hot swap.
l The FPIC of the LPUF-100 supports hot swap.
Operating
conditions

6.2.1 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting1588v2)
Overview
5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card ASupports 1588v2
Figure 6-11 shows the appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A.
Figure 6-11 Appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A

143
Panel
Figure 6-12shows the panel appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
A. Table 6-12 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-12 Panel appearance of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A

Table 6-12 Indicators on the panel of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator
If the indicator is on, the link is Up. If the indicator is blinking, the data
is being read or written. If the indicator is off, the link is Down.

Table 6-13 lists the interface attributes of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
A.
Table 6-13 Interface attributes of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Connector type LC/PC
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected XFP optical module.(for the attributes of XFP
modules, see Table 6-14)
Working mode Full-duplex
Compliant
standard
IEEE 802.3ae
Frame format Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, and Ethernet_SNAP
Network
protocol
IP

144
Table 6-14 Attributes of 10G XFP optical modules
Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
7.3 dBm 6.0 dBm 1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
1.3 dBm 1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type
Multimode Singlemode Singlemode Singlemode

The 10G XFP multimode optical module transceiver supports two types of multimode optical
fibers with different cores. Table 6-15 shows the relationship between the core, the modal/
bandwidth, and the transmission distance. During configuration, the length of optical fibers is
restricted by the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50um core and
2000MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type. If this type of optical fiber is required, you
need to purchase it additionally.
Table 6-15 Transmission distance of 10G XFP optical modules
Core (m) Modal/Bandwidth
(Mhz*km)
Transmission Distance
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-16 lists the technical specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card A.
145
Table 6-16 Technical specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board
name
P1005x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2
Power consumption
(typical value)
50W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
178 mm x 180 mm x 35mm ( 7.01 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.38 in. )
Connector type LC
Earliest software version V600R003

Table 6-17 lists the product specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card A.
Table 6-17 Product specifications of the 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, and Ethernet_SNAP
PTP (supported by the system software package of V600R003 and
later versions)
Interface type XFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
NMS Enhanced commandline interface
Operating
conditions
Longterm ambient temperature: 0C to 45C ( 32F to 113F )
Shortterm ambient temperature: 5C to +55C ( 23F to 131F )
Longterm relative humidity: 5% to 85%
Shortterm relative humidity: 0% to 95%
Storage conditions Storage temperature: 40C to +70C ( 40F to 158F )

146
6.2.2 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card(P100,Occupy two sub-
slots)
Overview
Figure 6-13 shows the appearance of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
NOTE
On a 24-port 100/1000Base-SFP flexible card, electrical interface SFP modules can only be installed in interfaces
of the odd numbers.If optic fiber on a sub-card is hard to be inserted and removed because the sub-card is fully
configured, use a fiber interface clamp. If the indicator switching button is sheltered by cables, user a tool such
as a fiber interface clamp to help push the button.
Figure 6-13 Appearance of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

Panel
Table 6-18 lists the indicators on the panel.
Table 6-18 Indicators on the panel of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-19 lists the interface attributes of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
147
Table 6-19 Interface attributes of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. For the attributes of
SFP modules, see Table 6-20 and Table 6-21.
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3-2002
Network protocol IP

Table 6-20 Attributes of 100M SFP optical modules
Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center wavelength 1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload power -14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm
Optical fiber type Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

Transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Center wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
Transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
148
Maximum
Transmitting
power
-2.5 dBm -3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 1.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
Overload power 0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0
dBm
-9.0 dBm
Optical fiber type Multi-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

Table 6-22 lists the technical specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-22 Technical specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the board name P100-24xFE/GE-SFP
Power consumption(Typical
value)
About 39 W
height)
226mm x 179mm x 37mm ( 8.90 in. x 7.05 in. x 1.46 in. )
Connector type LC
Lowest Software Version V600R003

Table 6-23 lists the product specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-23 Product specifications of the 24-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
Ethernet_II
Ethernet_SAP
Ethernet_SNAP
149
Item Specifications
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
Operating
conditions

6.2.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-14 shows 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
NOTE
l Only CSFP optical modules can be installed on this type of subcard. To communicate with this subcard, an
interface on the peer end must have BIDI or CSFP optical modules with the matching transmit and receive
wavelengths installed.
l If optic fiber on a sub-card is hard to be inserted and removed because the sub-card is fully configured, use
a fiber interface clamp. If the indicator switching button is sheltered by cables, user a tool such as a fiber
interface clamp to help push the button.
Figure 6-14 Appearance of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card

150
Panel
Table 6-24 Indicators on the panel of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is in the alarm
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator (green)
If the indicator is on, the link is Up.
If the indicator is blinking, the data is being read or written.

Table 6-25 lists the interface attributes of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-25 Interface attributes of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected CSFP optical module.
Network protocol IP

Table 6-26 Attributes of 100M CSFP optical modules
Transmission distance 10 km ( 6.21 mi. )
Transmitting center wavelength 1550 nm
Receiving center wavelength 1310 nm
Minimum transmitting power -14.0 dBm
Maximum transmitting power -8.0 dBm
Receiving sensitivity -28.2 dBm
151
Overload power -8.0 dBm
Optical fiber type Multi-mode

Table 6-27 Attributes of 1000M CSFP optical modules
Optical fiber type Single-mode

Table 6-28 lists the technical specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-28 Technical specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
P10048 x FE/GE-CSFP
Power
consumpti
on (typical
value)
About 52 W
Heat
dissipation
177.42 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 0.90 kg ( 1.98 lb )
152
Item Specifications
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
software
version
V600R003

Table 6-29 lists the product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
Table 6-29 Product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-CSFP Flexible Card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
Ethernet_II
Ethernet_SAP
Ethernet_SNAP
Interface type CSFP/SFP
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
Operating
conditions

6.3 Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100)
(LPUI-100).
153
6.3.1 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit (LPUI-100,Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-15 shows the appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Figure 6-15 Appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit

Panel
Figure 6-16shows the panel appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit. Table 6-30 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-16 Panel appearance of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit

Table 6-30 Indicators on the panel of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
OFL button It is an OFL button. Before removing a board, press the OFL button.
Hold the button for six seconds till the OFL indicator is on. Then, the
board can be pulled out.
OFL indicator
(red)
If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that you can remove the board.
154
RUN (green) If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), it indicates that the system
is running normally. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), it
indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
L/A (green) If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal. If the
indicator blinks, it indicates that data is being transmitted. If the indicator
is off, it indicates that the link is Down.

Table 6-31 lists the interface attributes of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-31 Interface attributes of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (For the attributes of XFP
Network
protocol
IP

Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
155
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type
Multi-mode Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

The 10G XFP multi-mode optical transceiver supports two types of multi-mode optical fibers
with different cores. Table 6-33 lists the relationship between the core, the modal/bandwidth,
and the transmission distance. During configuration, the length of optical fibers is restricted by
the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50-um core and 2000-MHz*km
modal/bandwidth is a special type, If this type of optical fibers are required, you need to purchase
it additionally.
Table 6-33 The transmission distance of 10G XFP optical modules
Core Fiber(m) Modal/Bandwidth
(Mhz*km)
Transmission distance
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~ 50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-34 lists the technical specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit.
Table 6-34 Technical specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-100
10x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 400 W
156
Item Specifications
Heat
dissipation
1364.8 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 9.5 kg ( 20.95 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
400 mm x 530 mm x41 mm ( 15.75 in. x 20.87 in. x 1.61 in. )
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-35 lists the product specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-35 Product specifications of the 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IPv4 and IPv6 addressing
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
Layer 3 routing protocols:
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
Multicast forwarding with support for source-based and shared
distribution trees and the following protocols:
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP LC optical interface
LAN/WAN mode
157
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

6.3.2 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-100)
Overview
The 16-port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit is a board with the
convergence ratio of 2:1 and forwarding performance of 80 Gbit/s.Figure 6-17 shows the
appearance of the board.
Figure 6-17 Appearance of the16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit

Panel
158
Figure 6-18 Appearance of the16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing Unit

Table 6-36 Indicators on the panel of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Hold the button for six seconds till the OFL indicator is on. Then, the
OFL indicator
(red)

Table 6-37 lists the interface attributes of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-37 Interface attributes of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected XFP optical module.
Network
protocol
IP

159
Table 6-38 Attributes of 10G SFP+ optical modules
Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19 mi. ) 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. )
Center wavelength 850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
5 dBm 8.2 dBm 4.7 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
11.1 dBm 12.6 dBm 14.1 dBm
Overload optical
power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 0.5 dBm
Optical fiber type Multimode Singlemode Singlemode

Table 6-39 lists the technical specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-39 Technical specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-100
16x10GBase LAN-SFP+
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 380 W
Heat
dissipation
1296.56 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 9.1 kg ( 20.07 lb )
160
Item Specifications
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-40 lists the product specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-40 Product specifications of the 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP+ SR, LR optical interface
LAN mode
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
161
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the Flexible Card Line Processing Unit
(LPUF-40,2 sub-slots) and FPIC.
Overview
The Flexible Card Line Processing Unit LPUF-40 provides two slots, each of which can hold
an FPIC that supports hot swapping. The cards support hot swap. The LPUF-40 supports a
maximum of 40-Gbit/s bandwidth.
The LPUF-40 has two models: LPUF-40-A and LPUF-40-B. The LPUF-40-A supports all
software features whereas the LPUF-40-B supports software features except L3VPN, MVPN,
and IPv6. The LPUF-40-B can be upgraded to support the features of the LPUF-40-A through
licenses.
Figure 6-19 shows the appearance of the LPUF-40-A.
Figure 6-19 Appearance of the LPUF-40-A

Figure 6-20 shows the appearance of the LPUF-40-B.
162

Panel
Figure 6-21 describes the panel appearance of the LPUF-40. Table 6-41 lists the indicators on
the panel.

RUN indicator
(green)
state.

163
Item Specifications
1.61 in. )
Power consumption (typical value) About 280W

Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features
l The LPUF-40-A supports all software features
l The LPUF-40-B does not support L3VPN, MVPN, or IPv6.
Hardware features
Operating
conditions

6.4.1 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-22 shows 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card.
l Provides GE optical modules, supporting features of GE optical interfaces.
164
l Provides FE optical modules, supporting features of FE optical interfaces.
l Provides electrical interface SFP modules, supporting features of the 10M/100M/1000M
auto-sensing electrical interfaces.
l Supports intermixing of the preceding modules.
Figure 6-22 Appearance of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card

Panel
Table 6-44 Indicators on the panel of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-45 lists the interface attributes of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Table 6-45 Interface attributes of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected SFP optical module.
165
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
19.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm
Optical fiber type Multimode Singlemode Singlemode Singlemode

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
2.5 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 1.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
166
Optical fiber type Multi
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-48 lists the technical specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Table 6-48 Technical specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board name P4020xFE/GESFP
Power consumption (typical value) About 37 W
Dimensions (width x depth x height) 145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x
1.57 in. )
Connector type LC

Table 6-49 lists the product specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Table 6-49 Product specifications of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3x
IEEE802.1q Jumbo frames supported by VLAN
IEEE802.3ad Link aggregation
IEEE 802.1p Label
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
167
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

6.4.2 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-23 the appearance of the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card A(Supporting
1588v2).
Figure 6-23 Appearance of the 220-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting 1588v2)

Panel
168
Table 6-50 Indicators on the panel of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting
1588v2)
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-51 lists the interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting
1588v2).
Table 6-51 Interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flecible card A(Supporting
1588v2)
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
169
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0
dBm
-9.0 dBm
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

Table 6-54 lists the technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A
(Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-54 Technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A(Supporting
1588v2)
Item Specifications
name
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-A
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 39 W
170
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width x depth
x height)
145 mm x 180mm x 40mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
Connector type LC

6.4.3 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-24 shows the 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flexible card B.
Figure 6-24 Appearance of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B

Panel
171
Table 6-55 Indicators on the panel of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP flecible card B
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-56 lists the interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.
Table 6-56 Interface attributes of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
172
Overload optical
power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0
dBm
-9.0 dBm
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

Table 6-59 lists the technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
B.
Table 6-59 Technical specifications of the 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
name
P40-20xFE/GE-SFP-B
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 37 W
173
Item Specifications
x height)
Connector type LC

6.4.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-25 shows the appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-25 Appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC

Panel
Table 6-60 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-61 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.
174
Table 6-61 Interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
Maximum
transmitting
power
1.3 dBm 1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

The 10G XFP multimode optical module supports two types of multimode optical fibers with
different cores. Table 6-63 shows the relationship between the core, the modal/bandwidth, and
the transmission distance. During configuration, the length of optical fibers is restricted by the
transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50um core and 2000MHz*km
modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei.If this type of optical fiber
is required, you need to purchase it additionally.
175
Core(m) Modal/Bandwidth
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Table 6-64 lists the technical specifications of the 2port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP FPIC.
Table 6-64 Technical specifications of the 2port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board name P402x10GBase LAN/WANXFP
value)
About 12 W
height)
Connector type LC

6.4.5 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-26 shows the appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Figure 6-26 Appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)
176

Panel
Table 6-65 Indicators on the panel of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

A(Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-66 Interface attributes of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (for the attributes of XFP
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
177
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm 6.0 dBm 1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
1.3 dBm 1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Table 6-69 lists the technical specifications of the 2Port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible
Card A(Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-69 Technical specifications of the 2Port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
P402x10GBase LAN/WANXFPA
178
Item Specifications
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 27 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V600R001

6.4.6 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-27 shows the appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B.
Figure 6-27 Appearance of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B

Panel
179
Table 6-70 Indicators on the panel of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

B.
Table 6-71 Interface attributes of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
Maximum
transmitting
power
1.3 dBm 1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
180
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

(Mhz*km)
Maximum transmission
distance(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Table 6-74 lists the technical specifications of the 2Port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-74 Technical specifications of the 2Port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
P402x10GBase LAN/WANXFPB
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 12 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
181
Item Specifications
Earliest software
version
V600R002

6.4.7 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-28 shows the appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Figure 6-28 Appearance of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-29 shows the panel appearance of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC. Table
6-75 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-29 Panel appearance of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

Table 6-75 Indicators on the panel of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
182

Table 6-76 lists the interface attributes of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-76 Interface attributes of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Connector type RJ45
Working mode 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing and half-duplex and full-duplex
Cable specification Category 5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable recommended when
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; super category 5
Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) cable recommended when the interface
works at 1000 Mbit/s..
Network protocol IP

Table 6-77 lists the technical specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-77 Technical specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the board
name
P4020 x FE/GE-RJ45
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 27 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type RJ45
Earliest software
version
V600R003

Table 6-78 lists the product specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card.
183
Table 6-78 Product specifications of the 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
Ethernet_II
Ethernet_SAP
Ethernet_SNAP
Interface type RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
Operating
conditions

6.4.8 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-30 shows the appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .
Figure 6-30 Appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card

Panel
Figure 6-31 shows the panel appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .
184
Figure 6-31 Panel appearance of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card

Table 6-79 Indicators on the panel of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
L/A indicator If the indicator is on, the link is Up. If the indicator is blinking, the data

Table 6-80 lists the interface attributes of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card .
Table 6-80 Interface attributes of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant
standard
IEEE 802.3ae
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
185
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
Maximum
transmitting
power
1.3 dBm 1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

2000MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type. If this type of optical fiber is required, you
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-83 lists the technical specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card .
Table 6-83 Technical specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
Item Specifications
name
P404x10GBase LAN/WANXFP
186
Item Specifications
Power consumption
(typical value)
25 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC

Table 6-84 lists the product specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card.
Table 6-84 Product specifications of the 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IEEE 802.3ae
IEEE 802.3x flow control
IEEE 802.1p Label
LAN/WAN mode
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
Operating
conditions

187
(LPUI-40).
Unit (LPUI-40)
Overview
Figure 6-32 shows the appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Figure 6-32 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit

Panel
Table 6-85 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
OFL button It is a button indicating the removal of a board. Before removing a board,
you need to press and hold the OFL button for about 5s till the OFL
indicator is on.
OFL indicator
(red)
RUN indicator
(green)
state.

188
Table 6-86 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-86 Interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

189
modal/bandwidth is a special type. If this type of optical fibers are required, you need to purchase
it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2~82 ( 1.24 ~ 50.95 )
62.5 200 2~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-89 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-89 Technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-40
4x10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 304 W
Heat
dissipation
986 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 8 kg ( 17.64 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R001

190
Table 6-90 lists the product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-90 Product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IEEE 802.3ae
IEEE 802.1p Label
LAN/WAN mode
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
Operating
conditions

6.5.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-40)
Overview
Figure 6-33 shows 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit.
l GE optical module, providing features of GE optical interfaces.
l FE optical module, providing features of FE optical interfaces.
l Electrical interface SFP module, providing features of the 10M/100M/1000M adaptive
electrical interfaces.
l Intermixing of the preceding modules.
191
Figure 6-33 Appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit

Panel
Table 6-91 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
indicator is on.
OFL indicator
(red)
RUN indicator
(green)
state.

Table 6-92 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-92 Interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Connector type LC/PC,RJ45
Optical interface
attributes
192
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
dBm
-9.0 dBm
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

193
Table 6-95 lists the technical specifications of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-95 Technical specifications of the 40-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-40
40xFE/GE-SFP
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 304 W
Heat
dissipation
986 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 8 kg ( 17.64 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC/PC,RJ45
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R001

Table 6-96 lists the product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
194
Table 6-96 Product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.1p Label
Interface type SFP optical module
RJ-45
Reliability and
availability
Supporting hot swap
Operating
conditions

(LPUI-41).
Unit (LPUI-41)
Overview
Processing Unit.
195
Unit

NOTE
The 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-35shows the panel appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit. Table 6-97 describes the indicators on the panel.
Processing Unit

Processing Unit
you need to press and hold the OFL button for about five seconds till
the OFL indicator is on.
OFL indicator
(red)
RUN indicator
(green)
state.
L/A (green) If the indicator is on, the link is Up. If the indicator is blinking, the data

196
Processing Unit.
Processing Unit
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

197
it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-41
8 x 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 183 W
Heat
dissipation
624.40 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 6.92 kg ( 15.26 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

198
Table 6-102 lists the product specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

199
Unit (LPUI-41)
Overview
Figure 6-36 shows the appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Figure 6-36 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit

Panel
Figure 6-37shows the panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Figure 6-37 Panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit

Table 6-103 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
you need to press and hold the OFL button for about five seconds till
the OFL indicator is on.
OFL indicator
(red)
200
RUN indicator
(green)
state.
L/A indicator
(green)

Table 6-104 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-104 Interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. )
( 24.86 mi )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
201
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-107 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated
Table 6-107 Technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-41
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 155 W
Heat
dissipation
528.86 BTU/hour
202
Item Specifications
Board
weight
About 6.62 kg ( 14.60 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-108 Product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
LAN/WAN mode
203
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Craft Works Interface (CWI)
Operating
conditions

(LPUI-41)
Overview
Figure 6-38 shows 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit.
Figure 6-38 Appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
204

Panel
Figure 6-39shows the panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Figure 6-39 Panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit

Table 6-109 Indicators on the panel of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Hold the button for five seconds till the OFL indicator is on. Then, the
OFL indicator
(red)
L/A indicator
(green)

Table 6-110 lists the interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Table 6-110 Interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
Optical interface
attributes
205
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. ) ( 24.86
mi )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

Transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
dBm
-9.0 dBm
206
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

Table 6-113 lists the technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated
Table 6-113 Technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-41
48 x FE/GE-SFP
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 200 W
Heat
dissipation
682.4 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 7.02 kg ( 15.48 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-114 lists the product specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
207
Table 6-114 Product specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

6.6.4 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP
Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41)
208
Overview
Figure 6-40 shows 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI.
The twenty-four 100/1000Base interfaces can be installed with the following optical modules:
l Provides GE optical modules.
Figure 6-40 Appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-X-
SFP LPUI

Panel
Figure 6-41shows the panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI. Table 6-115 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-41 Panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port 100/1000Base-
X-SFP LPUI

Table 6-115 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI
209
OFL indicator
(red)

Table 6-116 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI.
Table 6-116 Interface attributes of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected XFP and SFP optical modules. (for the
attributes of XFP and SFP modules, see Table 6-117 and Table 6-119)
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
210
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

8710MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type.If this type of optical fiber is required, you
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 8710 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 871 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
19.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
211
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-121 lists the technical specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
Table 6-121 Technical specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
LPUI-41
2 x 10GBase LAN/WANXFP24 x FE/GE-SFP
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 180 W
212
Item Specifications
Heat
dissipation614.16
614.16 BTU/hour
Dimensions
(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V600R003

Table 6-122 lists the product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit.
Table 6-122 Product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP
XFP
213
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

Unit (LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line Processing Unit Supports 1588v2
Processing Unit.
Unit

214
Panel
Processing Unit

Processing Unit
OFL indicator
(red)

Processing Unit.
Processing Unit
Optical
interface
attributes
215
Network
protocol
IP

Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

216
Processing Unit
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-41
4 x 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-1588v2
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 186 W
Heat
dissipation
634.63 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 6.62 kg ( 14.60 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

217
Processing Unit.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

218
Overview
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit Supports 1588v2.
Figure 6-44 shows 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit
(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2).
Figure 6-44 Appearance of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing Unit

Panel
Figure 6-45 Panel appearance of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)

Table 6-129 Indicators on the panel of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
219
OFL indicator
(red)

Table 6-130 lists the interface attributes of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-130 Interface attributes of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
220

Transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
dBm
-9.0 dBm
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

Table 6-133 lists the technical specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2).
Table 6-133 Technical specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUI-41
40xFE/GE-SFP-1588v2
221
Item Specifications
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 188 W
Heat
dissipation
641.46 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 7.02 kg ( 15.48 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-134 lists the product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Table 6-134 Product specifications of the 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
222
Item Specifications
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

Integrated Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit Supports 1588v2.
Figure 6-46 shows 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI.
The twenty 100/1000Base interfaces can be installed with the following optical modules:
223
SFP LPUI

Panel
Figure 6-47shows the panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP LPUI. Table 6-135 describes the indicators on the panel.
X-SFP LPUI

OFL indicator
(red)

224
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected XFP and SFP optical modules. (for the
attributes of XFP and SFP modules, see Table 6-137 and Table 6-139)
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

225
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 8710 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 871 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
19.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
226
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-141 lists the technical specifications of the 2port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP+20Port
100/1000BaseXSFP LPUI.
Table 6-141 Technical specifications of the 2port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP+20Port
100/1000BaseXSFP LPUI
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
LPUI-41
2x10GBase LAN/WANXFP20xFE/GE-SFP-1588v2
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 187 W
Dimensions
(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V600R003

Table 6-142 lists the product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
227
Table 6-142 Product specifications of the 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type SFP
XFP
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

228
6.7.1 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
(LPUS-41)
Overview
Figure 6-48 shows the appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Figure 6-48 Appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

NOTE
The 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-49shows the panel appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S. Table 6-143 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-49 Panel appearance of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

Table 6-143 Indicators on the panel of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
OFL indicator
(red)
229
L/A indicator
(green)

Table 6-144 lists the interface attributes of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-144 Interface attributes of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
230
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-147 lists the technical specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-147 Technical specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUS-41
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 183 W
Heat
dissipation
624.40 BTU/hour
231
Item Specifications
Board
weight
About 6.92 kg ( 15.26 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-148 lists the product specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-148 Product specifications of the 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP optical interface
LAN/WAN mode
232
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

6.7.2 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
(LPUS-41)
Overview
Figure 6-50 shows the appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Figure 6-50 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

Panel
Figure 6-51shows the panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
233
Figure 6-51 Panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

Table 6-149 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
OFL indicator
(red)
L/A indicator
(green)

Table 6-150 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-150 Interface attributes of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

234
Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-153 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
235
Table 6-153 Technical specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUS-41
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 155 W
Heat
dissipation
528.86 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 6.62 kg ( 14.60 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-154 lists the product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S.
236
Table 6-154 Product specifications of the 4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type XFP optical interface
LAN/WAN mode
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
Operating
conditions

6.7.3 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-41)
237
Overview
Figure 6-52 shows 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S.
Figure 6-52 Appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S

Panel
Figure 6-53shows the panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing
Unit S. Table 6-155 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-53 Panel appearance of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S

Table 6-155 Indicators on the panel of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit
S
OFL indicator
(red)
238

Table 6-156 lists the interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Table 6-156 Interface attributes of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit S
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

239
Transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
dBm
-9.0 dBm
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

Table 6-159 lists the technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-159 Technical specifications of the 48-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Line Processing Unit
S
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
LPUS-41
48xFE/GE-SFP
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 200 W
Heat
dissipation
682.4 BTU/hour
Board
weight
About 7.02 kg ( 15.48 lb )
240
Item Specifications
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
Connector
type
LC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R003

Table 6-160 lists the product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-160 Product specifications of the 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit
S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
l BGPv4
l OSPFv2
l OSPFv3
l IS-IS
l PIM-SM
l Bidir-PIM
l PIM SSM
l AutoRP
Interface type 48-port FE/GE-SFP
Reliability and
availability
Software features:
l NSF
l OIR
l FRR
Hardware features:
241
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

6.8.1 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
(LPUS-20)
Overview
Figure 6-54 shows appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S. The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S supports two working modes:
LAN and WAN.
Figure 6-54 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

NOTE
The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S is convergence .
Panel
242
Table 6-161 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)
indicator is on.
OFL indicator
(red)
If the indicator is on, you can remove the board safely.
RUN indicator
(green)
state.

Processing Unit S.
S
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
243
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-165 lists the technical specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-165 Technical specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
name
LPUS-20
4 x 10GBase LAN/WAN - XFP
244
Item Specifications
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 241 W
x height)
Connector type LC

Table 6-166 lists the product specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-166 Product specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Interface type Optical interface: LC
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.8.2 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S(LPUS-20)
Overview
Figure 6-55 shows 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S.
245
The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S provides the following functions:
l Provides GE optical interfaces through the GE optical module
l Provides FE optical interfaces through the FE optical module
l Provides 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing electrical interfaces through the electrical
module
l Supports intermixing of all modules
Figure 6-55 Appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S

NOTE
The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S is convergence .
Panel
Table 6-167 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S
indicator is on.
OFL indicator
(red)
RUN indicator
(green)
state.

Table 6-168 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit
S.
246
Table 6-168 Interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP Line Processing Unit S
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected SFP optical module
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
247
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-171 lists the technical specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Table 6-171 Technical specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP Line Processing Unit
S
Item Specifications
name
LPUS-20
40 x FE/GESFP
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 290 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V600R001

Table 6-172 lists the product specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP Line Processing
Unit S.
248
Table 6-172 Product specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP Line Processing Unit S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Electrical interface: RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.8.3 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S
Overview
Figure 6-56 shows the appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit
S.
Figure 6-56 Appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S

NOTE
The 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S is convergence .
Panel
249
Table 6-173 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit
S
indicator is on.
OFL indicator
(red)
RUN indicator
(green)
state.

Table 6-174 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing
Unit S.
Table 6-174 Interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit S
Connector type RJ45
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; Super category 5
works at 1000 Mbit/s
Network protocol IP

Table 6-175 lists the technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-175 Technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the
board name
LPUS-20
40 x FE/GE-RJ45
250
Item Specifications
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 278 W
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Connector type RJ45
Earliest software
version
V600R001

Table 6-176 lists the product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-176 Product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit
S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Interface type Electrical interface: RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

251
Overview
The LPUF-21 has two models:LPUF-21-A and LPUF-21-B.
The LPUF-21-A supports all software features whereas the LPUF-21-B supports all software
features except L3VPN, MVPN, and IPv6.
The LPUF-21 provides two slots, each of which can hold one half-width FPIC.After removing
the slide rails between the two slots on the LPUF-21, you can insert a full-width FPIC into the
slot.

Panel
on the panel.
252

RUN indicator
(green)
state.

Item Specifications
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 189W
Earliest software
version
V300R003

Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features
l The LPUF-21-A supports all software features
l The LPUF-21-B does not support L3VPN, MVPN, or IPv6.
Hardware features
253
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

6.9.1 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-59 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-59 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-60 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC. Table
254
Figure 6-60 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GE LAN/WAN FPIC

Table 6-180 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-181 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-181 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC
Optical
interface
attributes
255
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm 6.0 dBm 1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
1.3 dBm 1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

2000MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei.If this type
of optical fiber is required, you need to purchase it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

256
Table 6-184 lists the technical specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP FPIC.
Table 6-184 Technical specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP FPIC
Item Specifications
name
1 x 10GBase LAN/WAN
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 18 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R003

Table 6-185 lists the product specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP FPIC.
Table 6-185 Product Specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Interface type XFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

257
6.9.2 1-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-61 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
Figure 6-61 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)

Panel
Figure 6-62 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card
A(Supporting 1588v2). Table 6-186 describes the indicators on the panel.
258
Figure 6-62 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)

Table 6-186 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator

Table 6-187 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card
Table 6-187 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Optical
interface
attributes
259
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
260
(Mhz*km)
(km)
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Table 6-190 lists the technical specifications of the 1port 10GBase WAN/LANXFP Flexible
Table 6-190 Technical specifications of the 1port 10GBase WAN/LANXFP Flexible Card
A(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
1x10GBase LAN/WANA
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 13 W
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-191 lists the product specifications of the 1port 10GBase WAN/LANXFP Flexible
Table 6-191 Product specifications of the 1port 10GBase WAN/LANXFP Flexible Card A
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PTP (supported by the system software package of V600R001C00 and
later versions)
Interface type XFP
261
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.9.3 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-63 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B.
Figure 6-63 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B

Panel
Figure 6-64 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
B. Table 6-192 describes the indicators on the panel.
262
Figure 6-64 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B

Table 6-192 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator

Table 6-193 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
B.
Table 6-193 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card B
Optical
interface
attributes
263
Compliant
standard
IEEE 802.3ae
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
Maximum
transmitting
power
1.3 dBm 1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
7.5 dBm 11.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

2000MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this
type of optical fiber is required, you need to purchase it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
264
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Table 6-196 lists the technical specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-196 Technical specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
name
P201x10GBase LAN/WANXFPB
Power consumption
(typical value)
13W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)

Table 6-197 lists the product specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-197 Product specifications of the 1port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Flexible Card B.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
later versions)
Interface type XFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
265
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

6.9.4 1-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
Overview
Figure 6-65 shows the appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Figure 6-65 Appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E

Panel
Figure 6-66 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E. Table
6-198 lists the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-66 Panel appearance of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E

266
Table 6-198 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator

Table 6-199 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Table 6-199 Interface attributes of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant
standard
IEEE 802.3ae
Network
protocol
IP

Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
267
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this type of optical fibers
are required, you need to purchase it additionally.
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2~82 ( 1.24 ~ 50.95 )
62.5 200 2~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-202 lists the technical specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Table 6-202 Technical specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E
Item Specifications
Silkscreen
of the
board
name
Power
consumpti
on
(Typical
value)
About 22 W
Heat
dissipation
71 BTU/hour
268
Item Specifications
Board
weight
About 0.50 kg ( 1.10 lb )
Dimensio
ns (width x
depth x
height)
145 mm180 mm40 mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.09 in. x 1.57 in. )
Connector
type
LC/PC
Lowest
Software
Version
V600R002

Table 6-203 lists the product specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Table 6-203 Product Specifications of the 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC E.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
later versions)
Interface type XFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware features
l Supports hot swap.
Operating
environment
Short-term ambient temperat-re: 5C to 55C ( 23F to 131F )
Storage
environment
Storage temper-ture: 40C to 70C ( 40F to 158F )

6.9.5 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card
269
Overview
Figure 6-67 shows the appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC. The 12-port
100/1000Base-SFP FPIC provides the following functions:
module
l Supports intermixing of all the preceding interfaces.
Figure 6-67 Appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-68 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC. Table
270
Figure 6-68 Panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

Table 6-204 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-205 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-205 Interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP
271

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

272
Table 6-208 lists the technical specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC optical
interface FPIC.
Table 6-208 Technical specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the board name 12 x 100/1000BaseSFP
value)
About 14 W
height)
Connector type LC

Table 6-209 lists the product specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC.
Table 6-209 Product specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Interface type LC/PC,RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

273
6.9.6 12-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-69 shows the appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
Figure 6-69 Appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2)

Panel
Figure 6-70 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2). Table 6-210 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-70 Panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)

274
Table 6-210 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator

Table 6-211 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A
Table 6-211 Interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
275
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-214 lists the technical specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP Flexible Card
Table 6-214 Technical specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
name
12x100/1000BaseSFPA
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 18 W
276
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-215 lists the product specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP Flexible Card A
Table 6-215 Product specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseSFP Flexible Card A
(Supporting 1588v2)
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PTP (supported by V600R001C01 and later versions)
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.9.7 12-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Overview
Figure 6-71 shows the appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.
277
Figure 6-71 Appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B

Panel
Figure 6-72 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
B. Table 6-216 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-72 Panel appearance of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B

Table 6-216 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
278
LINK/ACT
indicator

Table 6-217 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B.
Table 6-217 Interface attributes of the 12-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant
standard
IEEE 802.3-2002
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

279
Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-220 lists the technical specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible
Card B.
Table 6-220 Technical specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card B
Item Specifications
name
P2010xGESFPE
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 18W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Earliest software
version
V600R002

280
Table 6-221 lists the product specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card
B.
Table 6-221 Product specifications of the 12port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card B.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.9.8 10-Port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
Overview
Figure 6-73 shows the appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E.
Figure 6-73 Appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E

281
Panel
Figure 6-74 shows the panel appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E. Table
Figure 6-74 Panel appearance of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E

Table 6-222 Indicators on the panel of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator

Table 6-223 lists the interface attributes of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E.
Table 6-223 Interface attributes of the 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant
standard
IEEE 802.3-2002
Network protocol IP

282
Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-225 lists the technical specifications of the 10port 1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card E.
Table 6-225 Technical specifications of the 10port 1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card E
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
P2010xGESFPE
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 32 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Earliest software
version
V600R002

283
Table 6-226 lists the product specifications of the 10port 1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card E
FPIC.
Table 6-226 Product specifications of the 10port 1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card E FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

Overview
Figure 6-75 Appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
284

Panel
Figure 6-76 shows the panel appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC. Table
Figure 6-76 Panel appearance of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

Table 6-227 Indicators on the panel of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK (green)/
ACT indicator
(yellow)

Table 6-228 lists the interface attributes of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
285
Table 6-228 Interface attributes of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Connector type RJ45
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; super category 5
works at 1000 Mbit/s..
Network protocol IP

Table 6-229 lists the technical specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-229 Technical specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the board
name
12 x 10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 11 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type RJ45
Earliest software
version
V300R003

Table 6-230 lists the product specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-230 Product specifications of the 12-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
286
Item Specifications
Interface type RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.9.10 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-77 shows the appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface
FPIC.
Figure 6-77 Appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-78shows the panel appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical
interface FPIC. Table 6-231 describes the indicators on the panel.
287
Figure 6-78 Panel appearance of the the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface
FPIC

Table 6-231 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP optical interface
FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-232 lists the interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-232 Interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (for the attributes of
XFP modules, see Table 6-233)
288
Link protocol PPP or HDLC
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
-1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber type Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

The 10G XFP multi-mode optical module transceiver supports two types of multi-mode optical
restricted by the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50-um core and
2000-MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Table 6-235 lists the technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
289
Table 6-235 Technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
1xOC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 18 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

6.9.11 4-Port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S
(LPUS-20)
Overview
Figure 6-79 shows appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S. The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S supports two working modes:
LAN and WAN.
Figure 6-79 Appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit S

NOTE
The 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP FPIC is convergence .
Panel
Figure 6-80 shows the panel appearance of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line
290
Figure 6-80 Panel appearance of the the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing Unit
S

Table 6-236 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port 10GBase WAN/LAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Processing Unit S.
S
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

291
Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table 6-240 lists the technical specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line
Processing Unit S.
292
Table 6-240 Technical specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line Processing
Unit S
Item Specifications
name
LPUS-20
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 34 W
x height)
Connector type LC

Table 6-241 lists the product specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line
Processing Unit S.
Table 6-241 Product specifications of the 4port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP Line Processing
Unit S.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

293
Overview
Figure 6-81 Appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

NOTE
The 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-82shows the panel appearance of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC. Table
Figure 6-82 Panel appearance of the the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC

Table 6-242 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK (green)/
ACT indicator
(yellow)

294
Table 6-243 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-243 Interface attributes of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Connector type RJ45
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s; Super category 5
works at 1000 Mbit/s
Network protocol IP

Table 6-244 lists the technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Table 6-244 Technical specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC
Item Specifications
Silk screen of the
board name
40 x 10/100/1000Base-TX-RJ45
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 60 W
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Connector type RJ45
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-245 lists the product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
295
Table 6-245 Product specifications of the 40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Interface type Electrical interface: RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.9.13 40-Port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-83 shows 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC provides the following functions:
module
l Supports intermixing of all modules
Figure 6-83 Appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

296
NOTE
The 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-84 shows the panel appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-84 Panel appearance of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC

Table 6-246 Indicators on the panel of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-247 lists the interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-247 Interface attributes of the 40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP

297
Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-250 lists the technical specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC.
298
Table 6-250 Technical specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC
Item Specifications
name
40 x 100/1000BaseSFP
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 74 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-251 lists the product specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC.
Table 6-251 Product specifications of the 40port 100/1000BaseSFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IP
Electrical interface: RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

299
Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-85 shows 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.
l Provides GE optical modules
l Provides GE optical modules
auto-sensing electrical interfaces
SFP FPIC

NOTE
The 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC is a convergence board.
Panel
Figure 6-86 shows the panel appearance of the 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC. Table 6-252 describes the indicators on the panel.
X-SFP FPIC

300
100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.
100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
Connector type LC/PC,RJ45
Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. )
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
301
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 1.0 dBm 7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
19.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
302
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-258 lists the technical specifications of the 2port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP+20Port
100/1000BaseXSFP FPIC.
Table 6-258 Technical specifications of the 2port 10GBase LAN/WANXFP+20Port
100/1000BaseXSFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
P202x10GBase LAN/WANXFP20xFE/GE-SFP
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 58 W
303
Item Specifications
Dimensions
(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V600R001

Overview
The LPUF-10 provides four slots that can hold full-height FPICs or four half-height FPICs.
An FPIC supports the following functions:
l Hot swap
l Automatic recovery of configurations
l Intermixing with other types of FPICs

Panel
on the panel.
304

RUN indicator
(green)
state.

Item Specifications
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 198 W
Board weight About 5kg ( 11.02 lb )

305
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Software features
l Nonstop Forwarding (NSF)
l Online insertion and removal (OIR)
l MPLS Fast Reroute (FRR)
Hardware features
Operating
conditions

6.10.1 1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-89 shows the appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-89 Appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC

306
Panel
Figure 6-90 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Figure 6-90 Panel appearance of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC

Table 6-262 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-263 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-263 Interface attributes of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
307
Optical
interface
attributes
Frame format PPP or HDLC
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
-1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm

The 10G XFP multi-mode optical module transceiver supports two types of multi-mode optical
restricted by the transmission distance. In addition, the optical fiber with the 50-um core and
2000-MHz*km modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2300 ( 1.24 186.42 )
50 500 282 ( 1.24 50.95 )
308
(Mhz*km)
(km)
62.5 200 233 ( 1.24 20.51 )

Table 6-266 lists the technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC.
Table 6-266 Technical specifications of the 1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC-1 x OC192-POS
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 22 W
Dimensions
(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R003

6.10.2 1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-91 shows the appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Figure 6-91 Appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC
309

Panel
Figure 6-92 shows the panel appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-92 Panel appearance of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC

Table 6-267 Indicators on the panel of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-268 lists the interface attributes of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-268 Interface attributes of the 1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC
310
Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. (for the attributes of SFP
Network
protocol
IP

Table 6-269 Attributes of 2.5G SFP optical modules
Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
10.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 2.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
3.0 dBm 0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
21.0 dBm 21.0 dBm 30.0 dBm 30.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
Optical fiber
type

Table 6-270 lists the technical specifications of the 1port OC48c/STM16c POSSFP FPIC.
Table 6-270 Technical specifications of the 1port OC48c/STM16c POSSFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC1 x OC48POS
311
Item Specifications
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 15 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R003

Table 6-271 lists the product specifications of the 1port OC48c/STM16c POSSFP FPIC.
Table 6-271 Product specifications of the 1port OC48c/STM16c POSSFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

Overview
312

Panel

313
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-10.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -2.0 dBm -2.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-3.0 dBm 0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm
314
Receiving
sensitivity
-21.0 dBm -21.0 dBm -30.0 dBm -30.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
-3.0 dBm 0 dBm -9.0 dBm -9.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Table 6-275 lists the technical specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-275 Technical specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
name
FPIC-2 x OC48-POS
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 19 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-276 lists the product specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-276 Product specifications of the 2-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
315
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions
Short-term ambient temperatur-: 5C to +55C ( 23F to 131F )
Storage conditions Storage temperat-re: 40C to +70C ( 40F to 158F )

Overview

Panel
316

STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Optical
interface
attributes
317
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-10.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -2.0 dBm -2.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-21.0 dBm -21.0 dBm -30.0 dBm -30.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
Optical fiber
type

Item Specifications
name
FPIC4 x OC48POS
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 22 W
318
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC

Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

Overview
319

Panel

320
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Optical
interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected SFP optical module (for the attributes of SFP
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-15.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
321
Receiving
sensitivity
31.0 dBm 30.0 dBm 30.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
8.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 8.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type
Singlemode Singlemode Singlemode

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC4 x OC12POS
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 20 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
322
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

Overview

Panel
323

STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Optical
interface
attributes
324
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-15.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-8 dBm 2.0 dBm 2.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
31.0 dBm 30.0 dBm 30.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
8.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 8.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC8 x OC12POS
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 25 W
325
Item Specifications
Dimensions
(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

Overview
326

Panel

327
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Optical
interface
attributes
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
328
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC4OC3POS
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 18 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
329
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

Overview

Panel
330

STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Optical
interface
attributes
331
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Item Specifications
name
FPIC8 x OC3POS
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 21 W
332
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.10.9 2-Port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-105 shows the appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC.
333
Figure 6-105 Appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-106 shows the panel appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-106 Panel appearance of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC

Table 6-302 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

334
Table 6-303 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-303 Interface attributes of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
Optical
interface
attributes
Link protocol IPoA
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-15.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-31.0 dBm 30.0 dBm 30.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
8.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 8.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Table 6-305 lists the technical specifications of the 2port OC12c/STM4c ATMSFP FPIC.
335
Table 6-305 Technical specifications of the 2port OC12c/STM4c ATMSFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC2 x OC12ATM
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 24 W
Dimensions
(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R003

Table 6-306 lists the product specifications of the 2port OC12c/STM4c ATMSFP FPIC.
Table 6-306 Product Specifications of the 2port OC12c/STM4c ATMSFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
CBR ,rtVBR , nrtVBR ,UBR ,PVC shaping, and PVP shaping
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

336
6.10.10 4-Port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-107 shows the appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC.
Figure 6-107 Appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-108 shows the panel appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC. Table
Figure 6-108 Panel appearance of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC

337
Table 6-307 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-308 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-308 Interface attributes of the 4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC
Optical
interface
attributes
Link protocol IPoA
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-19.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
338
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Table 6-310 lists the technical specifications of the 4port OC3c/STM1c ATMSFP FPIC.
Table 6-310 Technical specifications of the 4port OC3c/STM1c ATMSFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC4 x OC3ATM
Power
consumption
(typical value)
About 23 W
Dimensions
(width x depth x
height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R003

Table 6-311 lists the product specifications of the 4port OC3c/STM1c ATMSFP.
Table 6-311 Product specifications of the 4port OC3c/STM1c ATMSFP.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
CBR, rtVBR, nrtVBR, UBR, PVC shaping, and PVP shaping
Interface type SFP
339
Item Specifications
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

6.10.11 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-109 shows 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.
The 8-port 100/1000Base-SFP supports the following interface modules:
l GE optical module, providing features of GE optical interfaces
l FE optical module, providing features of FE optical interfaces
l Electrical interface SFP module, providing features of the 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing
electrical interfaces
l Intermixing of the preceding modules
Figure 6-109 Appearance of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC

Panel
340
Table 6-312 Indicators on the panel of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-313 lists the interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC.
Table 6-313 Interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC
Connector type LC/PC, RJ45
Optical interface
attributes
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm 15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
341
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-316 Interface attributes of the electrical interface (SFP)
Connector type RJ45
Working mode 10M/100M/1000M
Halfduplex and fullduplex
Cable specification Category 5 UTP cable recommended when
the interface works at 10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/
s
Super category 5 STP cable recommended
when the interface works at 1000 Mbit/s
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3z
342
Frame format Ethernet_II, Ethernet_SAP, and
Ethernet_SNAP
Network protocol IP

Table 6-317 lists the technical specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP FPIC.
Table 6-317 Technical specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
FPIC8 x GE
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 26 W
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-318 lists the product specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP FPIC.
Table 6-318 Product Specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
Ethernet_II,Ethernet_SAP,Ethernet_SNAP
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
343
Item Specifications
Operating
conditions

6.10.12 8-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)
Overview
Figure 6-110 shows 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting 1588v2).
The 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A,is called E8GFB for short. It is an flexible
card that supports IEEE1588v2. The E8GFB is applicable to the 10 G LPU (that is LPUF-10)
and supports the following interface modules:
l GE optical module, providing features of GE optical interfaces
l FE optical module, providing features of FE optical interfaces
l Electrical interface SFP module, providing features of the 10M/100M/1000M auto-sensing
electrical interfaces
l Intermixing of the preceding modules
Figure 6-110 Appearance of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A(Supporting
1588v2)

Panel
344
Table 6-319 Indicators on the panel of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A
STATUS
indicator (green)
state.
state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-320 lists the interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A.
Table 6-320 Interface attributes of the 8-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A
Connector type LC/PC, RJ45
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant
standard
IEEE 802.3-2002
Network protocol IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi. )
15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm 5.0 dBm 5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
345
Receiving
sensitivity
30.0 dBm 31.0 dBm 37.0 dBm 37.0 dBm
Overload optical
power
14.0 dBm 8.0 dBm 10.0 dBm 10.0 dBm

Maximum
transmission
distance
0.55 km
( 0.34
mi. )
10 km
( 6.21
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
40 km
( 24.86
mi. )
80 km
( 49.71
mi. )
100 km
( 62.14
mi. )
Minimum
transmitting
power
9.5 dBm 9.5 dBm 4.5 dBm 4.0
dBm
2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
17.0
dBm
20.0
dBm
22.5
dBm
21.0
dBm
23.0
dBm
30.0
dBm
Overload optical
power
0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0 dBm 3.0
dBm
3.0
dBm
9.0 dBm
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode
Single
mode

Table 6-323 lists the technical specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card
A.
Table 6-323 Technical specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card A
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
P108FE/GESFPA
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 22 W
346
Item Specifications
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V600R001

Table 6-324 lists the product specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card
A.
Table 6-324 Product Specifications of the 8port 100/1000BaseXSFP Flexible Card A.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
IEEE 802.3ab
IEEE 802.3z
IEEE 802.3x Traffic control
IEEE 802.1p Label
IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
Interface type SFP
RJ45
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

347
6.10.13 2-Port Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-111 shows the appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC.
Figure 6-111 Appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-112 shows the panel appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
FPIC. Table 6-325 describes the indicators on the panel.
Figure 6-112 Panel appearance of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC

Table 6-325 Indicators on the panel of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-326 lists the interface attributes of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
FPIC.
348
Table 6-326 Interface attributes of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
Optical
interface
attributes
Link protocol HDLC, PPP, MP, or cRTP
Network
protocol
IP

Maximum
transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload
optical power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Table 6-328 lists the technical specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-
SFP FPIC.
349
Table 6-328 Technical specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
2 x cPOS/STM1-SFP
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 34 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
145mm x 185mm x 20mm ( 5.71 in. x 7.28 in. x 0.79 in. )
Connector type LC
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-329 lists the product specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
FPIC.
Table 6-329 Product specifications of the 2-port channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP or HDLC
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions
Short-term ambient temperature: -5C to +55C ( 23F to 131F )
Storage conditions Storage temperature: -40C to +70C ( 40F to 158F )

350
6.10.14 24-Port Channelized E1/T1-DB100 Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-113 shows the appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Figure 6-113 Appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-114 shows the panel appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC. Table
Figure 6-114 Panel appearance of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC

Table 6-330 Indicators on the panel of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

351
Table 6-331 lists the interface attributes of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Table 6-331 Interface attributes of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC
Connector type RJ48
Electrical
interface
attribute
CE1/CT1
Link protocol HDLC, PPP, MLPPP, cRTP
Network
protocol
IP

Table 6-332 lists the technical specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Table 6-332 Technical specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
24xcE1/cT1-DB 100
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 29 W
Dimensions (width
x depth x height)
Connector type RJ48
Earliest software
version
V300R006

Table 6-333 lists the product specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
352
Table 6-333 Product Specifications of the 24-port channelized E1/T1-DB100 FPIC.
Item Specifications
Supported protocol
and service
PPP, MPPP, HDLC, and cRTP
ATM AAL0, IMA, and PWE3
Interface type SFP
Reliability and
availability
Hardware feature
Operating
conditions

Conversion Box
Figure 6-115 shows the appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box.
Figure 6-115 Appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box

Figure 6-116 shows the appearance of the 48-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box.
Figure 6-116 Appearance of the 48-port E1/T1 DB100 to RJ48 port conversion box

Figure 6-117 shows the appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to SMB port conversion box.
353
Figure 6-117 Appearance of the 24-port E1/T1 DB100 to SMB port conversion box

The CR53CFE1 provides 24 E1/T1 interfaces. The connectors on the CR53CFE1 are of the
DB100 type, which cannot be directly used. Thus, you need to use transfer cables to connect the
24 E1 port conversion box and the CR53CFE1. In this manner, the conversion box provides
RJ48 interfaces and SMB interfaces that can be directly used. The selection of the balanced or
unbalanced conversion box and associated E1/T1 cables is determined by site survey results.
l The remote interface is a 120-ohm balanced RJ48 interface.
If the remote interface is a 120-ohm balanced RJ48 interface, you need to select E1/T1
trunk cables with RJ48 connectors at both ends and a DB100 to RJ48 port conversion
box. The maximum transmission distance is 270 m ( 88.58 ft ).
l The remote interface is a 75-ohm unbalanced SMB interface.
If the remote interface is a 75-ohm unbalanced SMB interface, you need to select a 24-
port E1/T1 DB100 to SMB port conversion box and suitable cables. In addition, the
cable end that is connected to the customer's device is not equipped with a terminal, so
the customer needs to prepare the terminal. In this case, the maximum transmission
distance is shorter than 200 m.
6.10.15 4-Port Clear Channel E3/Channelized T3-SMB Flexible Card
Overview
Figure 6-118 shows the appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC.
Figure 6-118 Appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC

Panel
Figure 6-119 shows the panel appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB
FPIC. Table 6-334 describes the indicators on the panel.
354
Figure 6-119 Panel appearance of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC

Table 6-334 Indicators on the panel of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
STATUS
indicator (green)
alarm state.
LINK/ACT
indicator(green)

Table 6-335 lists the interface attributes of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB
FPIC.
Table 6-335 Interface attributes of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
Connector type SMB
Electrical
interface
attribute
E3/CT3
Link protocol HDLC, PPP, MLPPP, or cRTP
Network
protocol
IP

Table 6-336 lists the technical specifications of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-
SMB FPIC.
355
Table 6-336 Technical specifications of the 4-port clear channel E3/channelized T3-SMB FPIC
Item Specifications
Silkscreen of the
board name
4xE3/cT3-SMB
Power consumption
(typical value)
About 34 W
Dimensions (width x
depth x height)
Connector type SMB
Earliest software
version
V300R006
356
7 Cables
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the structure and specifications of the external cables.
7.1 DC-Input Power Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the DC-input power cable.
7.2 AC-input Power Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AC-input power cable.
7.3 Chassis and Cabinet Grounding Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground
cable.
7.4 Console Port Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the console interface cable.
7.5 Auxiliary Port Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AUX interface cable.
7.6 Clock Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the clock cable.
7.7 Ethernet Cable
Ethernet cables are classigied into two types: straight-through cables and crossover cables.
7.8 Optical Fiber
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the optical fiber.
7.9 CE1/CT1/E3/T3 Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the CE1/CT1/C3/T3 cable.
Hardware Description 7 Cables
357
7.1 DC-Input Power Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the DC-input power cable.
7.1.1 NE40E-X16 DC-Input Power Cable
CAUTION
If the power supply distance is longer than 35 m ( 114.83 ft ) , you need to place the power
distribution cabinet near the NE40E. For cables to be selected, see Power Supply Distance
Shorter Than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ).
You need to prepare suitable cables according to the surveyed power supply distance between
the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet.
Power Supply Distance Shorter Than 15 m ( 49.21 ft )
If the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) , use the 16 mm^2 ( 0.02 in.^2 )
power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet. Table 7-1 lists the cable
terminals and cable types..
Table 7-1 Cables used when the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft )
Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,JG2,16mm^2,M6,95A,Tin Plated,for OEM
Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,16mm^2,M8,Tin Plating,Naked Ring
Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,blue,85A
Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,black,85A

Power Supply Distance Longer Than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) and Shorter Than 25 m ( 82.02
ft )
If the power supply distance is longer than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) and shorter than 25 m ( 82.02 ft ),
use the 25 mm^2 ( 0.04 in.^2 )power cable to connect the NE40E to the power distribution
cabinet. Table 7-2 lists the cable terminals and cable types..
358
Table 7-2 Cables used when the power supply distance is longer than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) and
shorter than 25 m ( 82.02 ft )
Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Connector,JG2,25mm^2,M6,150A,Tin Plating,For OEM
Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)25mm^2,blue

ft )
If the power supply distance is longer than 25 m ( 82.02 ft )and shorter than 35 m ( 114.83 ft ),
use the 35 mm^2 ( 0.05 in.^2 )power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution
cabinet. Table 7-3 lists the cable terminals and cable types.
Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Connector,JG2,34.3mm^2,M6(1/4"),134A,Tin Plated,
2AWG,Hole Center Distance 15.875mm(5/8"),Short Tube,for North
American
Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)35mm^2,Blue,135A

CAUTION
If the power supply distance is longer than 35 m ( 114.83 ft ), you need to place the power
359
If the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ), use the 16 mm^2 ( 0.02 in.^2 )
power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet.Table 7-4 lists the cable
terminals and cable types.
Item Description
Terminal

ft )
use the 25 mm^2 ( 0.04 in.^2 ) power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution
cabinet. Table 7-5 lists the cable terminals and cable types..
Table 7-5 Cables for Power Distance More than 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) but Less than 25 m ( 82.02
ft )
Item Description
Terminal

ft )
cabinet.Table 7-6 lists the cable terminals and cable types.
360
Item Description
Terminal Naked Crimping Connector,JG2,34.3mm^2,M6(1/4"),134A,Tin Plated,
2AWG,Hole Center Distance 15.875mm(5/8"),Short Tube,for North
American
Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)35mm^2,Blue,135A

CAUTION
power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabinet.Table 7-7 lists the cable
Table 7-7 Cable used when the power supply distance is shorter than 15 m ( 49.21 ft )
Item Description
Terminal

361
ft )
use the 25 mm^2 ( 0.04 in.^2 ) power cable to connect in the NE40E and the power distribution
Item Description
Terminal

7.1.4 NE40E-8 DC-Input Power Cable
CAUTION
distribution cabinet near the NE40E. For cables to be selected see Power Supply Distance Shorter
Than 25 m ( 82.02 ft ).
power cable to connect the NE40E and the power distribution cabiner. Table 7-9 lists the cable
Item Description
Terminal Bare crimping terminal-JG2 type-25mm^2-M8-150A
Bare crimping terminal-OT-25mm^2-M8-tin plating
Cable type Power cable -750V/450V-227 IEC 02(RV)-25mm^2-blue-110A
Power cable -450V/750V-227 IEC 02(RV)-25mm^2-black-110A

362
ft )
Table 7-10 Cables for Power Distance More than 25 m ( 82.02 ft ) but Less than 35 m ( 114.83
ft )
Item Description
Terminal Bare crimping terminal-JG2-35mm^2-M8-210A- tin plating-OEM
Bare crimping terminal-OT-35mm^2-M8-tin plating
Cable type Power cable -450V/750V-227 IEC 02(RV)-35mm^2-blue-135A
Power cable -450V/750V-227 IEC 02(RV)-35mm^2-black-135A

7.2 AC-input Power Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AC-input power cable.
7.2.1 NE40E-X16 AC-input Power Cable
If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 3 m ( 9.84 ft ), use the
AC power cable shown in Table 7-11.
Table 7-11 Cable types and cable terminals of the AC-input power cable
Item Description
Cable Type Monitor and Alarm Cable,3m,D9M,CC4P0.48B(S),D9M
Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,blue,85A
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,JG2,16mm^2,M6,95A,Tin Plated,for
OEM

If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 50 m ( 164.04 ft ), use
the AC power cable shown in Table 7-12.
363
Item Description
Cable Type Power Cable,300/500V,60227IEC10(BVV),6mm^2,Black Jacket
(Cores:Blue,Brown),43A,2 Equivalent Cores
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M6,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring
Terminal,12~10AWG,yellow
Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M8,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring

CAUTION
If the power supply distance is longer than 50 m ( 164.04 ft ) , you need to place the power
distribution cabinet near the NE40E.
If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 3 m ( 9.84 ft ), use the
AC power cable shown in Table 7-13.
Item Description
Cable Type Monitor and Alarm Cable,3m,D9M,CC4P0.48B(S),D9M
Wire,450/750V,227 IEC 02(RV)16mm^2,blue,85A
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,JG2,16mm^2,M6,95A,Tin Plated,for
OEM

If the distance between an AC-DC convertor and a chassis is shorter than 50 m ( 164.04 ft ), use
the AC power cable shown in Table 7-14.
Item Description
Cable Type Power Cable,300/500V,60227IEC10(BVV),6mm^2,Black Jacket
(Cores:Blue,Brown),43A,2 Equivalent Cores
Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M6,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring
364
Item Description
Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,6mm^2,M8,Tin Plating,Insulated Ring

CAUTION
distribution cabinet near the NE40E.
Table 7-15 lists the type of the AC-input power cable.
Table 7-15 Cable type of the AC-input power cable
Item Description
Cable type Chinese AC Power Cable 220V16A,3m,3*2.5mm^2,Black,I-Type
Angle Plug,227IEC53-2.5^2(3C),C19 Straight Connector

7.2.4 NE40E-8 AC-input Power Cable
Table 7-16 lists the types and terminals of the AC-input power cable.
Item Description
Cable type Power cable -6mm^2-black jacket (core line: brown) -36A
Power cable -6mm^2-black jacket (core line: blue) -36A
Power cable -6mm^2-black jacket (core line: yellow or green) -36A
Terminal Bare terminal -OT-6mm^2-M4-tin plating-round pre-insulated
terminal-12-10AWG-yellow
Bare terminal -OT-6mm^2-M8-tin plating-round pre-insulated
terminal-12-10AWG-yellow

7.3 Chassis and Cabinet Grounding Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground
cable.
365
7.3.1 Introduction
The chassis and cabinet ground cables are used to ground a chassis and a cabinet. Before the
delivery of a device, ground cables are correctly connected to the front, back and side doors of
the cabinet.
7.3.2 Structure
The connector of the chassi and cabinet ground cable is the same as the connector of the DC-
input power cable.
Table 7-17 lists the technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground cable..
Table 7-17 Technical specifications of the chassis and cabinet ground cable
Item Description
PGND cable Terminal Naked Crimping Terminal,OT,25mm^2,M8,Tin
Plating,Naked Ring Terminal
Cable type Wire,450/750V,60227 IEC 02(RV)25mm^2,yellow
green,110A,With a package exempted from fumigating
Fireproof class CM

7.4 Console Port Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the console interface cable.
7.4.1 Introduction
The console interface cable is used to connect the console interface on the NE40E to the serial
interface of the console to transmit configuration data of the NE40E.
The console interface cable is an 8-core shielded cable. One end of the cable is an RJ45 connector
connected to the console interface on the MPU. The other end has DB9 and DB25 connectors,
either of which is connected to the serial interface on a computer.
7.4.2 Structure
Figure 7-1 shows the structure of a console interface cable. Table 7-18 shows the pin assignment
on the console interface cable.
366
Figure 7-1 Console interface cable
1. Direction A 2. DB25 female connector 3. Label 4. RJ45 connector
5. Direction B 6. Direction C 7. DB9 female connector W1 and W2 communication cable

Table 7-18 Pin assignment on the console interface cable
RJ45 Direction DB25 DB9 Signal
1 -> 5 8 CTS (Clear to Send)
2 -> 6 6 DSR (Data Set Ready)
3 -> 3 2 RXD (Receive Data)
4 7 5 GND
5 8 1 GND
6 <- 2 3 TXD (Transmit Data)
7 <- 20 4 DTR (Data Terminal Ready)
8 <- 4 7 RTS (Request to Send)

Table 7-19 lists the technical specifications of the console interface cable.
Table 7-19 Technical specifications of the console interface cable
Item Description
Connector X1 Network interface connector-crystal connector -8PIN-8bit-shielded plug
Connector X2 Cable connector-D style-25PIN-female
Connector X3 Cable connector-D style-9PIN-female
367
Item Description
Cable type l Symmetrical twisted cable-120-ohm-
SEYVPV-0.5mm-24AWG-8core-PANTONE 430U
l Symmetrical twisted cable-100-ohm-
SEYVP-0.48mm-26AWG-8core-black
Number of
cores
8
Fireproof class CM
Available
length
15 m ( 49.21 ft ) for the 120-ohm cable

7.5 Auxiliary Port Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the AUX interface cable.
7.5.1 Introduction
The AUX interface cable is used to connect the AUX interface on the NE40E to a modem to
remotely transmit the configuration data of the NE40E.
The AUX interface cable is an 8-core shielded cable. One end of the cable is an RJ45 connector
connected to the AUX interface on the MPU. The other end has DB9 and DB25 connectors,
either of which is connected to the serial interface on a computer.
7.5.2 Structure
As shown in Figure 7-2 the structure of the AUX interface cable is the same as that of the console
interface cable. Table 7-20 shows the pin assignment on the AUX interface cable.
Figure 7-2 AUX interface cable
1. Direction A 2. DB25 female connector 3. Label 4. RJ45 connector
368
5. Direction B 6. Direction C 7. DB9 female connector W1 and W2 communication cable

Table 7-20 Pin assignment on the AUX interface cable
RJ-45 Direction DB-25 DB-9 Signal
1 -> 4 7 RTS
2 -> 20 4 DTR
3 -> 2 3 TXD
4 8 1 GND
5 7 5 GND
6 <- 3 2 RXD
7 <- 6 6 DSR
8 <- 5 8 CTS

Table 7-21 lists the technical specifications of the AUX interface cable.
Table 7-21 Technical specifications of the AUX interface cable
Item Description
Connector X1 Network interface connector-crystal connector-8PIN-8bit-shielded plug
Connector X2 Cable connector-D type-25PIN-female
Connector X3 Cable connector-D type-9PIN-female
Cable type Symmetrical twisted cable-120-ohm-SEYVPV-0.5mm-24AWG-8core-
PANTONE 430U
Symmetrical twisted cable-100-ohm-SEYVP-0.48mm-26AWG-8core-
black
Number of cores 8
Fireproof class CM
Available
length

369
7.6 Clock Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the clock cable.
7.6.1 Introduction
l Clock cable for a common MPU/SRU
One end of the clock cable is an SMB connector connected to the clock interface on the
SRU/MPU and the other end is connected to the clock interface on an external device. The
connector on the other end needs to be prepared as required on site.
There are two types of clock cables:
75-ohm clock cable
120-ohm clock cable
l Clock cable for the 1588v2-supporting SRU/MPU
A clock cable is used to connect the clock interface on the NE40E to the clock interface on
another device. In this manner, the NE40E can receive 2-Mbit/s clock signals, 2-MHz clock
signals, 1 PPS +ASCII time signals, 1 PPS+RS232 time signals, or two channels of DCLS
time signals from the upstream device and provides 2-Mbit/s clock signals, 2-MHz clock
signals, 1 PPS +ASCII time signals, 1 PPS+RS232 time signals, or two channels of DCLS
time signals to the downstream device.
One end of the clock cable is an SMB/RJ45 connector connected to the clock interface on
the SRU/MPU and the other end is connected to the clock interface on an external device.
The connector on the other end needs to be prepared as required on site.
An SMB connector is used together with the 75-ohm coaxial cable whereas an RJ45
connector is used together with the 120-ohm trunk cable.
NOTE
The wire sequence of a trunk cable used as a clock cable differs from the wire sequence of an ordinary
twisted cable.
7.6.2 Structure
75-ohm Clock Cable
Figure 7-3 shows the structure of the 75-ohm clock cable.
Figure 7-3 75-ohm clock cable
1. Coaxial connector-SMB 2. Label

370
NOTE
l IF the device provides only the 75-ohm clock while you need the 120-ohm clock, use a transfer cable
shown in Figure 7-4 and Figure 7-5.Choose an one-channel or a two-channel transfer cable as required.
l The fixed length of the coaxial cable of the clock transfer cable is 200 mm ( 7.87 in. ) , which ensures
that the transfer connector is installed on or near the NE40E.
One-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm Clock Transfer Cable
Figure 7-4 shows the one-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable.
Figure 7-4 One-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
1. Coaxial connector-SMB-75 ohm-straight/plug-female 2. Main label
3. 75-ohm/120-ohm transfer PCB

Two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm Clock Transfer Cable
Figure 7-5 shows the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable.
Figure 7-5 Two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
1. Coaxial connector-SMB-75-ohm-straight/plug-female 2. Label1:"1#" 3. Main label
4. 75-ohm/120-ohm transit PCB 5. Label3:"1#" 6. Label 4:"2#"
7. Label 2:"2#"

Table 7-22 shows the pin assignments of the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable.
Table 7-22 Pin assignments of the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
Connector 75-ohm Cable Color 120-ohm Cable
X1 Core wire Blue W3
371
Connector 75-ohm Cable Color 120-ohm Cable
Shield layer White
X2 Core wire Blue W4
Shield layer White

120-ohm trunk cable
The 120-ohm trunk cable adopts the RJ-45 connector.Figure 7-6 shows the structure of the 120-
ohm trunk cable.
Figure 7-6 120-ohm trunk cable

Table 7-23 shows the pin assignments on the 120-ohm trunk cable.
Table 7-23 Pin assignments of the 120-ohm trunk cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Relationship
X1.5 X2.2 Twisted
X1.4 X2.1
X1.2 X2.5 Twisted
X1.1 X2.4
X1.3 X2.7 Twisted
X1.6 X2.8
X1.7 X2.3 Twisted
X1.8 X2.6

Table 7-24 lists the technical specifications of the 75-ohm clock cable.
372
Table 7-24 Technical specifications of the 75-ohm clock cable
Item Description
Connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 ohm inline female
Cable Type Coaxial cable-75 ohm-3.9 mm-2.1 mm-0.34 mm-
shield
Diameter of the
protection layer -
diameter of the internal
insulation - diameter of
the internal conductor
3.9 mm ( 0.15 in. )- 2.1 mm ( 0.08 in. )- 0.34 mm ( 0.01
in. )
Available length 10 m ( 32.81 ft ) , 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) , 20 m ( 65.62 ft ),
and 30 m ( 98.42 ft )

Table 7-25 lists the technical specifications of the one-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer
cable.
Table 7-25 Technical specifications of the one-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer cable
Item Description
Connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 ohm inline female
75-ohm
cable
Type Coaxial cable-75 ohm-3.9 mm-2.1 mm-0.34 mm-
shield
Diameter of the
protection layer -
3.9 mm ( 0.15 in. )- 2.1 mm ( 0.08 in. )- 0.34 mm ( 0.01
in. )
120-ohm
cable
Type Symmetrical twisted cable -120ohm-
SEYPVPV-0.4mm-26AWG-2 pairs-Pantone 430U
Diameter of the internal
conductor
0.4 mm ( 0.02 in. )/26AWG
Available length 30 m ( 98.42 ft )

Table 7-26 lists the technical specifications of the two-channel 75-ohm/120-ohm clock transfer
cable.
Table 7-26 Technical specifications of the two-channel clock transfer cable
Item Description
X1/X2 connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 ohm inline female
373
Item Description
75-ohm
cable
Type Coaxial cable-75 ohm-3.9 mm-2.1 mm-0.34 mm-
shield
Diameter of the
protection layer -
3.9 mm ( 0.15 in. )- 2.1 mm ( 0.08 in. )- 0.34 mm ( 0.01
in. )
120-ohm
cable
Type Symmetrical twisted cable -120ohm-
SEYPVPV-0.4mm-26AWG-2 pairs-Pantone 430U
Diameter of the internal
conductor
0.4 mm ( 0.02 in. )/26AWG
Available length 30 m ( 98.42 ft )

Table 7-27 lists the technical specifications of the 120-ohm trunk cable.
Table 7-27 Technical specifications of the 120-ohm trunk cable
Item Description
120-ohm
cable
Connector Network interface connector-8 PIN-8 bit-shielded-crystal model
plug
Type Cable,120ohm,1E1,0.4mm,MP8-II,120CC4P0.4P430U
(S),MP8-II,Expert 2.0
Length 3 m ( 9.84 ft ), 15 m ( 49.21 ft ) , 30 m ( 98.42 ft ), 60 m ( 196.85
ft )and 80 m ( 262.46 ft )

7.7 Ethernet Cable
Ethernet cables are classigied into two types: straight-through cables and crossover cables.
7.7.1 Introduction
Ethernet cable is of two types: the straight-through cable and the crossover cable.
Straight-through Cable
The straight-through cable is used to connect the Ethernet interfaces between the following
devices:
l A Router device and a hub
l A Router device and an Ethernet switch
374
l A computer and an Ethernet switch
l A computer and a hub
Crossover Cable
The crossover cable is used to connect the Ethernet interfaces between the following devices:
l A Router device and a CX device
l A Router device and a computer
l A hub and a hub
l A hub and a switch
l A switch and a switch
l A computer and a computer
7.7.2 Structure
As shown in Figure 7-7, the straight-through cable and the crossover cable are standard shielded
network cables and, adopt an RJ45 connector shown in Figure 7-8.
Figure 7-7 Network cable
1. Connector - RJ45 2. Label 1 3. Main label 4. Label 2

Figure 7-8 RJ45 connector

375
Table 7-28 and Table 7-29 show the pin assignments of the straight-through cable and the
crossover cable respectively.
Table 7-28 Pin assignments of the straight-through cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship
X1.2 X2.2 Orange Twisted
X1.1 X2.1 White/orange
X1.6 X2.6 Green Twisted
X1.3 X2.3 White/green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted
X1.5 X2.5 White/blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted
X1.7 X2.7 White/brown

Table 7-29 Pin assignments of the crossover cable
Connector X1 Connector X2 Color Relationship
X1.6 X2.2 Orange Twisted
X1.3 X2.1 White/orange
X1.2 X2.6 Green Twisted
X1.1 X2.3 White/green
X1.4 X2.4 Blue Twisted
X1.5 X2.5 White/blue
X1.8 X2.8 Brown Twisted
X1.7 X2.7 White/brown

Table 7-30 and Table 7-31 show the technical specifications of the straight-through cable and
crossover cable respectively.
376
Table 7-30 Technical specifications of the straight-through cable
Item Description
Connector X1/X2 Network port connector-crystal connector-8PIN-8bit-shield-
plug-24-26AWG-CAT 6/SFTP network cable
Cable type Communication cable-10015ohm-shielded enhanced 5 types-CAT5E
SFTP 24AWG-8 core PANTONE 445U
Number of cores 8
Fireproof class CM
Available length 5 m ( 16.40 ft ), 10 m ( 32.81 ft ), 20 m ( 65.62 ft ), and 30 m ( 98.42
ft )

Table 7-31 Technical specifications of the crossover cable
Item Description
Connector X1/X2 Network port connector-crystal connector-8PIN-8bit-shield-
plug-24~26AWG-CAT 6/SFTP network cable
Cable type Communication cable-10015ohm-shielded enhanced 5 types-CAT5E
SFTP 24AWG-8 core PANTONE 646U
Number of cores 8
Fireproof class CM
Available length 5 m ( 16.40 ft ) and 30 m ( 98.42 ft )

7.8 Optical Fiber
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the optical fiber.
7.8.1 Introduction
Table 7-32 lists the types of optical fibers that the NE40E uses.
Table 7-32 Types of optical fibers
No. Description Local Connector Remote Connector Cable Mode
1 Fiber connecting
an interface board
to the ODF
LC/PC FC/PC Single-mode
2 Fiber connecting
interface boards
LC/PC LC/PC or SC/PC Single-mode /
multi-mode
377
No. Description Local Connector Remote Connector Cable Mode
3 Fiber connecting
an interface board
to another device
LC/PC LC/PC or SC/PC Single-mode /
multi-mode

CAUTION
The optical transmission module of the multi-transverse mode needs to be connected to the multi-
mode fiber. The optical transmitting module of the single-longitudinal mode or multi-
longitudinal mode needs to be connected to the single-mode fiber.
7.8.2 Optical Connectors
The NE40E uses the following types of optical connectors:
l LC/PC optical connector
l SC/PC optical connector
l FC/PC optical connector
The outlines and operations of the connectors and the precautions that you should take when
plugging and unplugging the connectors are described in the following sections.
LC/PC Optical Connector
Figure 7-9 shows the outline of the LC/PC optical connector.
Figure 7-9 LC/PC optical connector

The plugging/unplugging of LC/PC optical interface only needs an axial operation instead of a
rotation.
The operation procedures and precautions are as follows:
378
l Cautiously align the head of the fiber jumper with the optical interface on the optical board
and push in the fiber with proper strength.
l Press the clip before pulling it out. Push in the fiber connector inward slightly, and then
pull out the connector.
SC/PC Optical Connector
Figure 7-10 shows the outline of the SC/PC optical connector.
Figure 7-10 SC/PC optical connector

FC/PC Optical Connector
Figure 7-11 shows the outline of the FC/PC optical connector.
Figure 7-11 FC/PC optical connector

Table 7-33 shows the technical specifications of the optical fiber.
379
Table 7-33 Technical specifications of the optical fiber
Item Description
Fiber transmission mode Single-mode/Multi-mode
Fiber connector 1 LC/PC and SC/PC
Fiber connector 2 LC/PC, SC/PC and FC/PC
Fiber outer diameter 2 mm ( 0.08 in. )

7.9 CE1/CT1/E3/T3 Cable
This section describes the structure and technical specifications of the CE1/CT1/C3/T3 cable.
7.9.1 Introduction
The CE1/CT1 interface provided by the NE40E uses the 120 ohm trunk cable (RJ-45 connectors
on both ends). The E3/T3 interface uses the 75 ohm trunk cable with SMB connectors on either
two ends or one end. If the connector is not matched when the cable is connected to the remote
device, the transfer box can change the electrical resistance between 120 ohm and 75 ohm.
7.9.2 Structure
Figure 7-12 shows the 120-ohm trunk cable adopts the RJ-45 connector and the cable structure.
Figure 7-12 Structure of 120-ohm trunk cable

The pin assignments of the 120-ohm trunk cable are shown in Table 7-34.
Table 7-34 Pin assignments of the 120-ohm trunk cable
X1.5 X2.2 Pair
X1.4 X2.1
X1.2 X2.5 Pair
X1.1 X2.4
X1.3 X2.3 Pair
380
X1.6 X2.6
X1.8 X2.8 Pair
X1.7 X2.7

The structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connectors on both ends) trunk cable is shown in Figure
7-13.
Figure 7-13 Structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connectors on both ends) trunk cable

The structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connector on either end) trunk cable is shown in Figure
7-14.
Figure 7-14 Structure of the 75-ohm (with SMB connectors on either end) trunk cable

75-ohm Relay Cable
Table 7-35 shows the technical specifications of the 75-ohm trunk cable.
Item Description
75-ohm
cable
Connector Coaxial connector-SMB plug-75 /straight/female
Type Coaxial cable-SYV-75-2-2(4.0Z)-1/0.34 mm-outer diameter 3.9
mm-double braid shielded
Length 5 m ( 16.40 ft ), 10 m ( 32.81 ft ), 20 m ( 65.62 ft ), 30 m ( 98.42 ft ),
40 m ( 131.23 ft ), 50 m ( 164.04 ft ), 65 m ( 213.25 ft ), 70 m ( 229.66
ft ), 90m ( 295.27 ft ), and 100 m ( 328.08 ft )

381
120-ohm Relay Cable
Table 7-36 shows the technical specifications of the 120-ohm trunk cable.
Item Description
120-ohm
cable
Connector Network interface connector-8 PIN-8 bit-shielded-crystal model
plug
Type Symmetric pair cable-120 ohm-SEYPVPV-0.4 mm-26 AWG-8
PIN-PANTONE 430 U-Special OEM
Length 2 m ( 6.56 ft ), 15 m ( 49.21 ft ), 30 m ( 98.42 ft ), 60 m ( 196.85
ft ) and 80 m ( 262.46 ft )
382
A List of Indicators
This chapter presents the list of indicators.
A.1 Indicators of NE40E-X16
This chapter presents the indicators of NE40E-X16.
A.4 Indicators of NE40E-8
This chapter presents the indicators of NE40E-8.
Hardware Description A List of Indicators
383
A.1.1 Fan Module Indicators
Table A-1 shows the status and descriptions of the indicators.
Table A-1 Description of the indicators on the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks once
every two seconds (0.5 Hz),
it indicates that the fan
module works normally.
Red If the indicator is steady on, it
indicates that the fan
module,PEM or filtering box
is faulty.

A.1.2 Power Module Indicators
Table A-2 shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.
Table A-2 Description of the indicators of the DC-DC convertor
RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, it
implies a normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is constantly on, it
l The power module does not have input power.

A.1.3 MPU Indicators
Table A-3 lists the status and descriptions of MPU indicators.
384
Table A-3 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the MPU
OFL button To remove a board, you must hold the button for six seconds until
the OFL indicator turns on.
OFL indicator (red) If the indicator is on, it indicates that you can remove the board.
RUN indicator (green) If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), it
indicates that the system is in the normal state.
If the indicator blinks twice each second (2 Hz), it indicates that
the system is in the alarm state.
ALM indicator (red) If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the system is in the
alarm state.
If the indicator is steady off, it indicates that the system is in the
normal state.
ACT active/standby
indicator (green)
If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the MPU is in the
active state.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the MPU is in the standby
state.
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. If you press the Reset
button, you can reset the MPU.
CF ACT indicator (green) If the indicator is on, it indicates that the CF is in position.
If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being read or
written.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the CF is not in position or
can be removed.
CF OFL button If you press the CF OFL button, all operations on the CF card
will be ended and the CF card will be powered off.
SFP LINK/ACT indicator
(green)
If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the link is normal.
If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being
transmitted.
MGMT-ETH LINK
indicator (green) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the link is down.
MGMT-ETH ACT
indicator (amber) (on
Ethernet interfaces)
If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being
transmitted.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that no data is being transmitted.

A.1.4 SFU Indicators
385
Table A-4 lists the status and descriptions of SFU indicators.
Table A-4 Buttons and indicators on the panel
LED Description
RUN
(green)
Hz), it indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
(0.5 Hz), it indicates that the system runs normally.
ACT
(green)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU works normally; if the green
OFFLINE
(red)
When the SFU works normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL button
is pressed to power off the SFU, the OFL indicator is on.

A.1.5 LPU Indicators
Table A-5 lists the status and descriptions of LPU indicators.
Table A-5 LPU indicators
OFL indicator Red If the indicator is on, you can remove the board.
RUN indicator Green l If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the LPU
l If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2 Hz), the LPU is
in the alarm state.
Link/ACT
indicator
Green l If the indicator is off, the link is Down.
l If the indicator is blinking, data is being read or written.

Table A-6 shows the status and descriptions of the indicators.
386
Table A-6 Description of the indicators on the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks once
every two seconds (0.5 Hz),
it indicates that the fan
Red If the indicator is steady on, it
indicates that the fan
module,PEM or filtering box
is faulty.

Table A-7 shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.
RUN Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, it
implies a normal output.
ALM Red Power failure indicator. If the indicator is constantly on, it
l The power module does not have input power.

A.2.3 SRU Indicators
Table A-8 lists the status and descriptions of SRU indicators.
Table A-8 Buttons and indicators on the panel of the SRU
Indicator/
Button
Description
OFL button To remove a board, you must hold the button for six seconds until the
OFL indicator turns on.
OFL indicator
(red)
387
Indicator/
Button
Description
RUN indicator
(green)
the normal state.
alarm state.
ALM indicator
(red)
If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the system is in the alarm
state.
If the indicator is steady off, it indicates that the system is in the normal
state.
ACT active/
standby indicator
(green)
If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the SRU is in the active state.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the SRU is in the standby state.
SRU.
CF ACT indicator
(green)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that the CF is in position.
If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being read or written.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the CF is not in position or can be
removed.
SFP LINK/ACT
indicator (green)
If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being transmitted.
MGMT-ETH
LINK indicator
(green) (on
Ethernet
interfaces)
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the link is down.
MGMT-ETH
ACT indicator
(amber) (on
Ethernet network
interfaces)

388
Table A-9 Buttons and indicators on the panel
LED Description
RUN
(green)
Hz), it indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
(0.5 Hz), it indicates that the system runs normally.
ACT
(green)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that the SFU works normally; if the green
OFFLINE
(red)
When the SFU works normally, the OFL indicator is off. After the OFL button
is pressed to power off the SFU, the OFL indicator is on.

in the alarm state.
Link/ACT
indicator

Table A-11 shows the status and description of the indicators.
389
Table A-11 Descriptions of the indicators on the panel of the fan module
STATUS Green If the indicator blinks once every two
seconds (0.5 Hz), it indicates that the fan
Red If the indicator is steady on, it indicates
that the fan module or PEM is faulty.

The indicators of the power module are on the plastic panel of the power supply. Table A-12
shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.
RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, it indicates
that the power module is running normally.
ALM Red It indicates power failure. If it is steady on, it indicates:
l Lightning-proof circuits on the power module become
faulty.
l One of the power modules does not have input power.

Table A-13 shows the indicators of the AC-input power module.
Table A-13 Description of the indicators on the AC power module
RUN Green It indicates the running status. If it is steady on, it
indicates that the power module is working normally.
ALARM Amber It indicates alarms. If it is on, it indicates that a
recoverable fault occurs on the power module.
l If it is blinking, it indicates that the communication
is cut off.
l If it is steady on, it indicates that faults occur, such
as overvoltage or undervoltage of input power or
overcurrent.
390
FAULT Red It indicates a fault. If it is steady on, it indicates that
an unrecoverable fault occurs on the power module.
For example, fans are faulty, no current is output, or
output current is short circuited.

A.3.3 MPU Indicators
Table A-14 lists the status and descriptions of MPU indicators.
Table A-14 Buttons and indicators on the MPU Panel
Indicator/
Button
Description
OFL button To remove a board, you must hold the button for six seconds until the
OFL indicator turns on.
Note:
OFL indicator
(red)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that you can remove the board.
RUN indicator
(green)
If the indicator blinks once every two seconds (0.5 Hz), it indicates that
the system is in the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice each second
(2 Hz), it indicates that the system is in the alarm state.
ALM indicator
(red)
If the indicator is steady on, it indicates that the system is in the alarm
state.
If the indicator is steady off, it indicates that the system is in the normal
state.
ACT active/
standby indicator
(green)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that the MPU is in the active state.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the MPU is in the standby state.
Reset button The button is used for resetting the MPU. Press the Reset button, and
you can reset the MPU.
CF ACT indicator
(green)
If the indicator is on, it indicates that the CF is in position.
If the indicator is blinking, it indicates that data is being read or written.
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the CF is not in position or can be
removed.
LINK indicator
(green) (on the
Ethernet
interface)
If the indicator is off, it indicates that the link is Down.
391
Indicator/
Button
Description
ACT indicator
(amber) (on
Ethernet
interface)

in the alarm state.
Link/ACT
indicator

A.4 Indicators of NE40E-8
This chapter presents the indicators of NE40E-8.
The indicators of the fan module are on the LCD plastic panel. Table A-16 shows the status and
description of the indicators.
Table A-16 Indicators of the fan module
RUN indicator Green If the indicator blinks (1Hz), the FAN and FCB work
normally.
ALM indicator Red If the indicator is on, the FAN or FCB works abnormally.

392
The indicators of the power module are on the plastic panel of the power supply. Table A-17
shows the status and meaning of the indicators of the DC-input power module.
Table A-17 Indicators of the DC-input power module
PWD IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, there is an
input in the primary line.
PWD OUT Green If the indicator is on, the outputs of the primary and the secondary
lines are normal.
FAIL Red l If the indicator is on, the output in the primary line is
abnormal, for example, less than the undervoltage value (30
V DC to 34 V DC) or greater than the overvoltage value (78
V DC to 80 V DC).
l The secondary power output is abnormal because of the
power fan fault, overheated power module, or lightning
prevention circuit fault.

Table A-18 shows the indicators of the AC-input power module.
Table A-18 Indicators of the AC-input power module
PWR IN Green Indicates normal power input. If the indicator is on, the AC-input
is normal.
PWR OUT Green Indicates normal power output. If the indicator is on, the output
voltage is in normal range.
FAIL Red Indicates power fault. If the indicator is on, the power module
has the following faults:
l The power input is abnormal.
l The power output is abnormal (such as over-voltage or short
circuit).
l The fan of the power is abnormal.
l The power module is overheated.

A.4.3 SRU Indicators
Table A-19 lists the status and descriptions of SRU indicators.
393
Table A-19 SRU indicators
OFL indicator Red If the indicator is on, you can remove a board.
RUN indicator Green If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the system is
in the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2
ALM indicator Red If the indicator is on, the system is in the alarm state. If the
indicator is off, the system is in the normal state.
ACT indicator Green If the indicator is on, the SRU is in the active state. If the
indicator is off, the SRU is in the standby state.
CF read-write
indicator
Red If the indicator is blinking, data is being read or written. If
the indicator is off, no data is being read or written.
NOTE
When the indicator is blinking, do not remove the CF card.
LINK indicator (on
the Ethernet
interface)
Green If the indicator is off, the link is Down. If the indicator is
on, the link is Up.
LINK indicator (on
the Ethernet
interface)
Yellow If the indicator is off, no data is being read or written. If the
indicator is blinking, data is being read or written.

Table A-20 SFU indicators
OFL indicator Red If the indicator is on, you can remove a board.
RUN indicator Green If the indicator blinks once every 2s (0.5 Hz), the SFU is in
the normal state. If the indicator blinks twice every 1s (2
Hz), the SFU is in the alarm state.
ACT Indicator Green If the indicator is on, the SFU is in the normal state. If the
indicator is off, the SFU is in the abnormal state.

394
in the alarm state.
Link/ACT
indicator
395
B List of Boards
This chapter presents the list of boards.
B.1 Boards
B.2 Power Consumption and Weight
Hardware Description B List of Boards
396
B.1 Boards
Table B-1 lists the Basic Configuration of the NE40E. Table B-2 shows the LPUs and the
corresponding Flexible Plug-in Cards (FPICs) supported by the NE40E.
Table B-1 Basic Configuration of the NE40E
Product
Name
Board
Name for
Order
Full Name
NE40E-
X16
CR5B0BK
P1670
NE40E-X16 Integrated Chassis Components
CR5D0MP
UB460
Main Processing Unit
CR5DSFUI
E07B
200G Switch Fabric Unit
CR5DSFUI
407B
NE40E-X8 CR5B0BK
P0870
NE40E-X8 Integrated Chassis Components
CR5D0SR
UA570
Switch and Route Processing Unit (SRUA5)
CR5D0SR
UA470
Switch and Route Processing Unit (SRUA4)
CR5DSFUI
E07C
CR5DSFUI
407C
NE40E-X3 CR5Z1BK
PE
NE40E-X3 Integrated DC Chassis Components
CR5Z2BK
PE
NE40E-X3 Integrated AC Chassis Components
CR52-
MPUD
Main Processing Unit
NE40E-8 CR52-
BKPB-20U
NE40E-8 Integrated Chassis Components
CR52-
SRUA1
Switch and Route Processing Unit
CR52-
SRUA3
397
Product
Name
Board
Name for
Order
Full Name
CR52-
SFUD
Switch Fabric Unit

Table B-2 LPUs and the corresponding FPICs
Type Order Name Name
LPUF-10 CR53-LPUF-10 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-10,four
slots)
CR53-P10-1xPOS/
STM64-XFP
1-Port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card
CR53-P10-1xPOS/
STM16-SFP
1-Port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP Flexible Card
CR53-P10-2xPOS/
STM16-SFP
CR53-P10-4xPOS/
STM16-SFP
CR53-P10-4xPOS/
STM4-SFP
4-port OC-12c/STM-4c POS-SFP Flexible Card
CR53-P10-8xPOS/
STM4-SFP
CR53-P10-4xPOS/
STM1-SFP
CR53-P10-8xPOS/
STM1-SFP
CR53-
P10-2xATM/
STM4-SFP
2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP Flexible Card
CR53-
P10-4xATM/
STM1-SFP
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP Flexible Card
CR53-
P10-8x100/1000B
ase-X-SFP
8-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card
CR5M0E8GFA30 8-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A
CR53-
P10-2xcPOS/
STM1-SFP
2-Port Channelized OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
Flexible Card
398
CR53-
P10-24xcE1/cT1-
DB100
24-Port Channelized E1/T1-DB100 Flexible Card
CR53-P10-4xE3/
cT3-SMB
4-Port Clear Channel E3/Channelized T3-SMB
Flexible Card
LPUF-21 CR52-LPUF-21 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-21,2 sub-
slots)
CR52-
P20-1x10GBase
WAN/LAN-XFP
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
CR52-
P20-1x10GBase
WAN/LAN-XFP-
A
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-A Flexible Card
CR52L1XXB1 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-B Flexible Card
CR52L1XXE0 1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E Flexible Card
CR52-
P20-12x100/1000
Base-X-SFP
12-port 100Base-FX/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
CR52-
P20-12x100/1000
Base-X-SFP-A
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP-A Flexible Card
CR52-
P20-12x10/100/10
00Base-TX-RJ45
12-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T Flexible
Card
CR52EBGFB1 12-port 100/1000Base-SFP Flexible Card B
CR52EAGFE0 10-port 1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card E
CR52-P20-1xPOS/
STM64-XFP
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP Flexible Card
CR52-
P21-4x10GBase
WAN/LAN-XFP
4-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
CR52-
P21-40x10/100/10
00Base-TX-RJ45
40-port 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T Flexible
Card
CR52-
P21-40x100/1000
Base-X-SFP
40-port 100Base-FX/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
399
CR5ML2XEEG20 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-port
100/1000Base-X SFP Flexible Card
LPUS-20 CR5D00L4XX21 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
CR5D00EKGF21 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit
S
CR5D00EKGE20 40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line Processing Unit
S
LPUF-40 CR5MLPUF402A Flexible Card Line Processing Unit(LPUF-40,2 sub-
slots)
CR5M00EEGF20 20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP Flexible Card
CR5M0EEGFA20 20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card A
CR5M0EEGFB20 20-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card B
CR5M0L2XXA20 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
CR5M00L2XX20 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
CR5M0L2XXA20 2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
CR5D00EEGE70 20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible Card
CR5D00L4XX70 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card
LPUI-40 CR5D00EKGF20 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
CR5D00L4XX20 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
LPUI-41 CR5D00L8XX70 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
CR5D00L4XX71 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
CR5D00EMGF70 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit
CR5DL2XEFG70 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit
CR5D0L4XXA70 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(Supporting 1588v2)
CR5D0EKGFA70 40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
400
CR5DL2XEEG7A 2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line Processing
Unit(Supporting 1588v2)
LPUS-41 CR5D00L8XX71 8-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
CR5D00L4XX72 4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line Processing
Unit S
CR5D00EMGF71 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line Processing Unit
S
LPUF-100 CR5DLPUFA070 Flexible Card Line Processing Unit
CR5D0L5XXA70 5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible Card A
CR5D00EFGF70 24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible Card
(P100,Occupy two sub-slots)
CR5D00EMGF72 48-Port 100/1000Base-X-CSFP Flexible Card
LPUI-100 CR5D0LAXXA70 10-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Integrated Line
CR5D00EDXF70 16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated Line
Processing Unit

B.2 Power Consumption and Weight
Table B-3 shows the nominal weight and power consumption of the boards.
Table B-3 Power consumption and weight of the boards
Board Name Power
consumpti
on(Typical
value)
Heat
Dissipatio
n
Weight
Main Processing Unit CR5D0MPUB460 85 W 276 BTU/
hour
4.0 kg ( 8.82
lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUI407B 50 W 162 BTU/
hour
3.5 kg ( 7.72
lb )
CR5D0SRUA470
135W 438 BTU/
hour
5.0 kg ( 11.03
lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUI407C 40 W 130 BTU/
hour
3.5 kg ( 7.72
lb )
401
Board Name Power
consumpti
on(Typical
value)
Heat
Dissipatio
n
Weight
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUIE07B 90 W 292 BTU/
hour
4.26 kg ( 9.40
lb )
CR5D0SRUA570
149 W 483 BTU/
hour
4.68 kg
( 10.32 lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR5DSFUIE07C 77 W 250 BTU/
hour
3.82 kg ( 8.42
lb )
Main Processing Unit CR52-MPUD 41 W 133 BTU/
hour
1.5 kg ( 3.31
lb )
Switch and Route Processing Unit CR52-
SRUA1
99 W 321 BTU/
hour
3.8 kg ( 8.38
lb )
Switch and Route Processing Unit CR52-
SRUA3
100 W 324 BTU/
hour
3.8 kg ( 8.38
lb )
Switch Fabric Unit CR52-SFUD 31 W 101 BTU/
hour
1.8 kg ( 3.97
lb )
SPU 176 W 571 BTU/
hour
5.75 kg
( 12.68 lb )
Integrated Versatile Service Unit 20 A 335W 1143.02
BTU/hour
8.0 kg ( 17.64
lb )
Flexible Card Line Processing Unit
198 W 642 BTU/
hour
5.0 kg ( 11.03
lb )
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC 22 W 71 BTU/
hour
1.0 kg ( 2.21
lb )
1-port OC-48c/STM-16c POS-SFP FPIC 15 W 49 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
402
Board Name Power
consumpti
on(Typical
value)
Heat
Dissipatio
n
Weight
2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC 24 W 78 BTU/
hour
0.53 kg ( 1.17
lb )
4-port OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP FPIC 23 W 75 BTU/
hour
0.53 kg ( 1.17
lb )
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP FPIC 26 W 84 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
8-port 1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A 22 W 71 BTU/
hour
0.46 kg ( 1.01
lb )
2-port OC-3c/STM-1c CPOS-SFP FPIC 34 W 110 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
24-port CE1/CT1-DB100 FPIC 29 W 94 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
4-port E3/CT3 FPIC 34 W 110 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Line
Processing Unit S(LPUS-20)
241W 782 BTU/
hour
7.0 kg ( 15.44
lb )
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line
290W 941 BTU/
hour
7.0 kg ( 15.44
lb )
40-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Line
278W 902 BTU/
hour
7.0 kg ( 15.44
lb )
189 W 613 BTU/
hour
5.0 kg ( 11.03
lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC 18 W 58 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC A 13 W 43 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-B FPIC 13 W 43 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
1-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP-E FPIC 22 W 71 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC 14 W 45 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC A 18 W 58 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
12-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC B 18 W 58 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
403
Board Name Power
consumpti
on(Typical
value)
Heat
Dissipatio
n
Weight
10-port 1000Base-X-SFP FPIC E 32 W 104 BTU/
hour
0.54 kg ( 1.19
lb )
12-port 10/100/1000Base FPIC 11 W 36 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
1-port OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP FPIC 18 W 58 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
1.5 kg ( 3.31
lb )
40-port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 FPIC 60 W 195 BTU/
hour
1.5 kg ( 3.31
lb )
40-port 100/1000Base-SFP FPIC 74 W 237 BTU/
hour
1.5 kg ( 3.31
lb )
2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-port
100/1000Base-X SFP FPIC
58 W 188 BTU/
hour
1.5 kg ( 3.31
lb )
280 W 908 BTU/
hour
6.6 kg ( 14.55
lb )
20-port 100/1000Base-X SFP FPIC 37 W 120 BTU/
hour
0.60 kg ( 1.32
lb )
20-port 100/1000Base-X-SFP FPIC A 39 W 127 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
2-port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP FPIC A 27 W 88 BTU/
hour
0.75 kg ( 1.65
lb )
20-Port 10/100/1000Base-RJ45 Flexible
Card
27W 92.12 BTU/
hour
0.50 kg ( 1.10
lb )
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card
25W 85.30 BTU/
hour
0.58 kg ( 1.28
lb )
40-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated
Line Processing Unit(LPUI-40)
304W 986 BTU/
hour
8.0 kg ( 17.64
lb )
4-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
(LPUI-40)
304W 986 BTU/
hour
8.0 kg ( 17.64
lb )
(LPUI-41)
183W 624.40 BTU/
hour
6.92 kg
( 15.26 lb )
404
Board Name Power
consumpti
on(Typical
value)
Heat
Dissipatio
n
Weight
(LPUI-41)
155W 528.86 BTU/
hour
6.62 kg
( 14.60 lb )
Line Processing Unit (LPUI-41)
200W 682.4 BTU/
hour
7.02 kg
( 15.48 lb )
2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+24-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(LPUI-41)
180W 614.16 BTU/
hour
6.92 kg
( 15.26 lb )
186W 634.63 BTU/
hour
6.62 kg
( 14.60 lb )
Line Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Support-
ing 1588v2)
188W 641.46 BTU/
hour
7.02 kg
( 15.48 lb )
2-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP+20-Port
100/1000Base-X-SFP Integrated Line
Processing Unit(LPUI-41,Supporting
1588v2)
187W 638.04 BTU/
hour
7.02 kg
( 15.48 lb )
183W 624.40 BTU/
hour
6.92 kg
( 15.26 lb )
155W 528.86 BTU/
hour
6.62 kg
( 14.60 lb )
48-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Line
200W 682.4 BTU/
hour
7.02 kg
( 15.48 lb )
(LPUF-100)
266W 863 BTU/
hour
7.6 kg ( 16.76
lb )
5-Port 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP Flexible
Card A(Supporting 1588v2)
50W 170.6 BTU/
hour
0.9 kg ( 1.98
lb )
48-Port 100/1000Base-X-CSFP Flexible
Card
52W 177.42 BTU/
hour
0.90 kg ( 1.98
lb )
24-Port 100/1000Base-X-SFP Flexible
Card
39W 127 BTU/
hour
0.90 kg ( 1.98
lb )
400W 1364.8 BTU/
hour
9.5 kg ( 20.95
lb )
16-Port 10GBase LAN-SFP+ Integrated
Line Processing Unit(LPUI-100)
380W 1296.56
BTU/hour
9.1 kg ( 20.07
lb )
405

406
C List of Interface Attributes
This chapter presents the list of Interface Attributes.
C.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45
C.2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX
C.3 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP
C.4 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP
C.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
C.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+
C.7 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP
C.8 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
C.11 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP
C.12 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP
C.14 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1
C.15 Interface Attributes of E3/T3
Hardware Description C List of Interface Attributes
407
C.1 Interface Attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-
T-RJ45
Table C-1 lists the interface attributes of 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45.
Table C-1 Interface attributes of the 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T-RJ45
Connector type RJ45
Cable specification When the interface rate is 10 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s, Category 5
unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable is recommended. When the
interface rate is 1000 Mbit/s, Super category 5 Shielded Twisted
Pair (STP) cable is recommended.
Network protocol IP

C.2 Interface Attributes of 100Base-FX
Table C-2 lists the interface attributes of 100Base-FX.
Table C-2 Attributes of 100M SFP optical modules
Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24
mi )
15 km ( 9.32
mi )
40 km ( 24.86
mi )
80 km ( 49.71
mi )
Minimum
transmitting power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm

408
C.3 Interface Attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP
Table C-3 lists the interface attributes of 1000Base-X-SFP.
Table C-3 Interface attributes of the 1000Base-X-SFP
Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. (For the attributes
of SFP modules, see Table C-4 and Table C-5.)
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3-2002
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
0.55 km
(0.31 mi)
10 km
(6.21 mi)
40 km
(24.86
mi)
40 km
(24.86
mi)
80 km
(49.71
mi)
100 km
(62.14
mi)
Minimum
transmitting
power
-9.5 dBm -9.5 dBm -4.5 dBm -4.0 dBm -2.0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-17.0
dBm
-20.0
dBm
-22.5
dBm
-21.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-30.0
dBm
dBm
-9.0 dBm
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode

409
Table C-5 Attributes of 1000M colorized optical modules
Transmission
distance
70 km
(43.50
mi)
70 km
(43.50
mi)
70 km
(43.50
mi)
70 km
(43.50
mi)
70 km
(43.50
mi)
70 km
(43.50
mi)
70 km
(43.5
0 mi)
70 km
(43.50
mi)
Center
wavelength
1470
nm
1490
nm
1510
nm
1530
nm
1550
nm
1570
nm
1590
nm
1610
nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0 dBm 0
dBm
0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
dBm
5 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-23.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
-23.0
dBm
Overload
power
dBm
0 dBm
Optical fiber
type
Single
-mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single-
mode
Single
-mode
Singl
e-
mode
Single
-mode

C.4 Interface Attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP
The interface attributes of 100/1000Base-CSFP see Table C-6.
Table C-6 Interface attributes of the 100/1000Base-CSFP
Interface attributes Compliant with the selected CSFP optical module.
Network protocol IP

Table C-7 Attributes of 100M CSFP optical modules
410

Table C-8 Attributes of 1000M CSFP optical modules

C.5 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
The interface attributes of 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP see Table C-9.
Table C-9 Interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN/WAN-XFP
Interface attributes Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (For the attributes
of XFP modules, see Table C-10.)
Compliant standard IEEE 802.3ae
411
Network protocol IP

Table C-10 Attributes of 10G XFP optical modules
Transmission
distance
0.3 km (0.19 mi) 10 km (6.21 mi) 40 km (24.86 mi) 80 km (49.71
mi)
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-7.3 dBm -6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
-1.3 dBm -1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-7.5 dBm -11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload
power
-1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

C.6 Interface Attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+
The interface attributes of 10GBase LAN-SFP+ see Table C-11.
Table C-11 Interface attributes of the 10GBase LAN-SFP+
Interface attributes Compliant with the selected SFP+ optical module. (For the
attributes of SFP+ modules, see Table C-12.)
Network protocol IP

412
Table C-12 Attributes of 10GBase SFP+ optical modules
Transmission
distance
0.3 km ( 0.19 mi. ) 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. )
Center
wavelength
850 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
7.3 dBm 8.2 dBm 4.7 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
11.1 dBm 12.6 dBm 14.1 dBm
Overload power 1.0 dBm 0.5 dBm 0.5 dBm
Optical fiber type Multimode Singlemode Singlemode

C.7 Interface Attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c cPOS-SFP
Table C-13 lists the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1 cPOS-SFP.
Table C-13 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1 cPOS-SFP
of SFP modules, see Table C-14.)
Link protocol PPP ,MP , HDLC and cRTP
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
413
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload
power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Table C-15 lists the interface attributes of OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP.
Table C-15 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c POS-SFP
Link protocol PPP and HDLC
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
414
Minimum
transmitting
power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload
power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-15.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm
415
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-31.0 dBm -30.0 dBm -30.0 dBm
Overload
power
-8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type
Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

Network protocol IP

Table C-20 Attributes of 2.5G SFP optical modules
Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-10.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -2.0 dBm -2.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
416
Receiving
sensitivity
-21.0 dBm -21.0 dBm -30.0 dBm -30.0 dBm
Overload
power
-3.0 dBm 0 dBm -9.0 dBm -9.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

C.11 Interface Attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP
Table C-21 lists the interface attributes of OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP.
Table C-21 Interface attributes of the OC-192c/STM-64c POS-XFP
Interface attributes Compliant with the selected XFP optical module. (For the attributes
of XFP modules, see Table C-22.)
Network protocol IP

Table C-22 Attributes of 10G XFP optical modules
Transmission
distance
10 km ( 6.21 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Minimum
transmitting power
-6.0 dBm -1.0 dBm 0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting power
-1.0 dBm 2.0 dBm 4.0 dBm
Receiving
sensitivity
-11.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -24.0 dBm
Overload power 0.5 dBm -1.0 dBm -7.0 dBm

417
with different cores. Table C-23 lists the relationship between the core, the modal/bandwidth,
modal/bandwidth is a special type, which is not delivered by Huawei. If this type of optical fibers
are required, you need to purchase it additionally.
Table C-23 The transmission distance of 10G XFP optical modules
(Mhz*km)
(km)
50 2000 2 ~300 ( 1.24 ~ 186.42 )
50 500 2 ~82 ( 1.24 ~50.95 )
62.5 200 2 ~33 ( 1.24 ~ 20.51 )

Table C-24 lists the interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP.
Table C-24 Interface attributes of the OC-3c/STM-1c ATM-SFP
Link protocol IPoA
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) 15 km ( 9.32
mi. )
40 km ( 24.86
mi. )
80 km ( 49.71
mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-19.0 dBm -15.0 dBm -5.0 dBm -5.0 dBm
418
Maximum
transmitting
power
Receiving
sensitivity
-30.0 dBm -31.0 dBm -37.0 dBm -37.0 dBm
Overload
power
-14.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -10.0 dBm -10.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type

Table C-26 lists the interface attributes of the OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP.
Table C-26 Interface attributes of the 2-port OC-12c/STM-4c ATM-SFP FPIC
Optical interface
attributes
Compliant with the selected SFP optical module. (For the attributes of
SFP modules, see Table C-27)
Link protocol IPoA
Network protocol IP

Transmission
distance
15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ) 80 km ( 49.71 mi. )
Center
wavelength
1310 nm 1310 nm 1550 nm
Minimum
transmitting
power
-15.0 dBm -3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm
Maximum
transmitting
power
419
Receiving
sensitivity
-31.0 dBm -30.0 dBm -30.0 dBm
Overload
power
-8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm
Optical fiber
type
Single-mode Single-mode Single-mode

C.14 Interface Attributes of CE1/CT1
Table C-28 lists the interface attributes of the CE1/CT1.
Table C-28 Interface attributes of the CE1/CT1
Type CE1 CT1
Rate 2.048 Mbit/s 1.544 Mbit/s
Working mode Full-duplex Full-duplex
Maximum
transmission distance
270 m ( 885.82 ft ) 270 m ( 885.82 ft )
Link protocol PPP,HDLC,MLPPP,cRTP

C.15 Interface Attributes of E3/T3
Table C-29 lists the interface attributes of the E3/T3.
Table C-29 Interface attributes of the E3/T3
Connector type SMB SMB
Type E3 T3
Rate 34.368 Mbit/s 44.736 Mbit/s
Working mode Full-duplex Full-duplex
Maximum
transmission distance
100 m ( 328.08 ft ) 100 m ( 328.08 ft )
420

421
D Optical Module
This chapter presents the optical module.
D.1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module
D.2 622 Mbit/s eSFP Optical Module
D.3 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceiver
D.4 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC Optical Module
D.5 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module
D.7 10 Gbit/s XFP Optical Module
D.8 10-Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Module
D.9 155-Mbit/s CSFP Optical Module
D.10 1.25Gbit/s CSFP Optical Module
Hardware Description D Optical Module
422
D.1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Module
The STM-1 SFP optical module, with the transmission rate ranging from 100 Mbit/s to 155 Mbit/
s, the wavelength being 1310 nm or 1550 nm, and the transmission distance ranging from 2 km
( 1.24 mi. ) to 100 km ( 62.14 mi. ), can be applied to the STM-1/OC-3 POS interface, ATM
interface, or FE optical interface .
Table D-1 lists the currently available 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules.
Table D-1 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
SFP-
STM1-
MM1310-
2Km
34060287 STM-1 I-1 2 ( 1.24
mi. )
Multimod
e
1310 -
SFP-
STM1-
SM1310-1
5Km
34060053 STM-1
S-1.1
15 ( 9.32
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
eSFP-
STM1-
SM1310-1
5Km
34060276 STM-1
S-1.1
15 ( 9.32
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 Preferred
eSFP-
STM1-
SM1310-1
5Km
34060299 STM-1
S-1.1
15 ( 9.32
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
eSFP-FE-
SMTx131
0/
Rx1550-1
5km
34060363 IEE802.3a
h
15 ( 9.32
mi. )
Single-
mode
TX1310/
RX1550
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.
423
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-
STM1-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060281 STM-1
L-1.1
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 Preferred
When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-
STM1-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060300 STM-1
L-1.1
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-
STM1-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060282 STM-1
L-1.2
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 Preferred
When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-
STM1-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060301 STM-1
L-1.2
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-
STM1-
SM1550-1
00Km
34060283 STM-1
L-1.2
100
( 62.14
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

424
Table D-2 Basic features of 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard ITU-T G.957 STM-1, SFP
MSA,IEE802.3ah
-
Bit Error Ratio (BER)
< 1 x 10E
-12
-
Temperature 0-70C ( 32F to 158F ) -
Digital diagnosis SFF-8472(exclude SFP
optical modules)
-
Environment standard RoHS(exempted) -
Security standard FCC class B, IEC 60825-1
Class 1
-
ESD >500V Human body model Class 1

Table D-3 Specifications of the SFP-STM1-MM1310-2K optical module
Parameter Unit Value
Interface standard - STM-1 I-1, OC-3
Transmission rate Mbit/s 155.52
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance km 2 ( 1.24 mi. )
Optical transmitter
Optical source type LED
Center wavelength nm 1310
Operating wavelength range nm 1270-1380
Spectral characteristics
Maximum root mean square
(RMS) Spectral Width
nm 63
Maximum spectral width
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
suppression ratio (SMSR)
dB N/A
Average transmit optical power
Maximum transmit optical
power
dBm -14
425
Minimum transmit optical
power
dBm -19
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10.0
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm < -30
Overload power dBm -14
Maximum optical channel
cost
dB N/A
Maximum reflection factor dB N/A

Table D-4 Specifications of the eSFP-STM1-SM1310-15K optical module
Interface standard - STM-1 S-1.1, OC-3
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type FP Laser
nm 7.7
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -8
426
power
dBm -15
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

Table D-5 Specifications of the eSFP-FE-SMTx1310/Rx1550-15km optical module
Interface standard - IEE802.3ah
Transmission rate Mbit/s 155
Interface type - LC/PC
Optical transmitter
Center wavelength nm TX1310/RX1550
Operating wavelength range nm TX1260-1360
RX1480-1580
nm 7.7
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -8
427
power
dBm -15
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm -32
cost
dB N/A

Interface standard - STM-1 L-1.1, OC-3
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm 4
(-20dB)
nm 1
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 0
428
power
dBm -5
Minimum extinction ratio dB 10
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB-LD
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 0
429
power
dBm -5
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 2
430
power
dBm -3
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A
Maximum reflection factor dB -25

Table D-9 Applications of 155 Mbit/s SFP/eSFP Optical Modules
Product Model BOM Number Applications
SFP-STM1-
MM1310-2Km
34060287 l OC-3 SFP transceivers are designed for
ATM LAN and WAN applications such
as:
ATM switches and routers
SONET/SDH switch infrastructure
l Multimode fiber ATM backbone links
l Fast Ethernet
SFP-STM1-
SM1310-15Km
34060053 l ATM
l SONET/SDH
l Ethernet
l Switches
l Routers
l Hubs
eSFP-STM1-
SM1310-15Km
34060276 l ATM
l SONET/SDH
l Ethernet
l Switches
l Routers
l Hubs
431
eSFP-STM1-
SM1310-15Km
34060299 l Telecommunications
SONET/SR, IR, LR SDH/IO,SH, LH
Application
ATM Application
Subscriber Loop
Metropolitan Area Network
l Data communication
High Speed Rack-to-Rack Data Links
eSFP-FE-SMTx1310/
Rx1550-15km
34060363 l ATM
l SONET/SDH
l Fast Ethernet
eSFP-STM1-
SM1310-40Km
SONET/SR,IR,LR SDH/IO,SH,LH
Application
ATM Application
Subscriber Loop
l Data communications
eSFP-STM1-
SM1310-40Km
Application
ATM Application
Subscriber Loop
eSFP-STM1-
SM1550-80Km
34060282 l ATM
l SONET/SDH
l Ethernet
l Switches
l Routers
l Hubs
432
eSFP-STM1-
SM1550-80Km
Application
ATM Application
Subscriber Loop
eSFP-STM1-
SM1550-100Km
Application
ATM Application
Subscriber Loop

D.2 622 Mbit/s eSFP Optical Module
The 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the STM-4/OC-12
POS interface and ATM interface . The wavelength of these 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules
can be 1310 nm or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 15 km ( 9.32 mi. ) to 100
km ( 62.14 mi. ).
Table D-10 lists the currently available 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules.
Table D-10 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-
STM4-
SM1310-1
5Km
34060302 STM-4
S-4.1
15 ( 9.32
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
eSFP-
STM4-
SM1310-1
5Km
34060277 STM-4
S-4.1
15 ( 9.32
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 Preferred
433
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-
STM4-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060303 STM-4
L-4.1
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-
STM4-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060280 STM-4
L-4.1
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 Preferred
eSFP-
STM4-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060304 STM-4
L-4.2
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-
STM4-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060284 STM-4
L-4.2
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 Preferred
eSFP-
STM4-
SM1550-1
00Km
34060285 STM-4
L-4.2
100 ( 62.14
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

Table D-11 Basic features of 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
MSA
-
< 1 x 10E
-12

optical modules)
-
434
Class 1
-
ESD >500V Human body model Class 1

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm 2.5
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -8
power
dBm -15
Optical receiver
435
cost
dB 1

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 2
power
dBm -3
Optical receiver
436
cost
dB 1

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 2
power
dBm -3
Optical receiver
437
cost
dB 1

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 2
power
dBm -3
Optical receiver
438
cost
dB N/A

Table D-16 Applications of 622 Mbit/s eSFP optical modules
eSFP-STM4-
SM1310-15Km
SONET/SR, IR, LR SDH/IO, SH, LH
Application
ATM Application
Subscriber Loop
eSFP-STM4-
SM1310-15Km
34060277 l ATM
l SONET/SDH
eSFP-STM4-
SM1310-40Km
34060303 SONET OC-12 LR-1/SDH STM L-4.1
eSFP-STM4-
SM1310-40Km
SONET/SR, IR, LR SDH/IO, SH, LH
Application
ATM Application
Subscriber Loop
eSFP-STM4-
SM1550-80Km
eSFP-STM4-
SM1550-80Km
eSFP-STM4-
SM1550-100Km
34060285 l ATM
l SONET/SDH

D.3 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceiver
439
The 1 Gbit/s electrical transceiver can be applied to the GE electrical interfaces. At present, there
are two types of electrical transceivers, namely, GBIC/RJ45 and SFP/RJ45.
Table D-17 lists the currently available 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers.
Table D-17 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
Mode Auto-
negotiati
on
Remarks
GBIC/
RJ45-
GE-100m
34100044 1000BAS
E-T
100 m
( 328.08
ft )
RJ-45 Not
supported
-
SFP/RJ45-
GE-100m
34100052 1000BAS
E-T
100 m
( 328.08
ft )
RJ-45 Supported -
SFP/RJ45-
GE-100m
34100080 1000BAS
E-T
100 m
( 328.08
ft )
RJ-45 Supported -

Table D-18 Basic features of 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE Std 802.3z, IEEE Std
802.3ab
GBIC R5.5(34100044)
SFP MSA(34100052,
34100080)
-
Temperature 0-75C ( 32F - 167F) -
Digital diagnosis N/A -
Security standard FCC class B, IEC 61000-4-3 -
ESD >500V Human body model

Table D-19 Specifications of 1 Gbit/s Electrical Transceivers
Parameter Unit Value Remarks
Interface standard - 1000BASE-T -
Transmission rate Mbit/s 10-1000 Complying with
IEEE802.3
440
Parameter Unit Value Remarks
Interface type - RJ-45
Transmission
distance
m 100 ( 328.08 ft ) Category 5 UTP,
BER < 10
-10
, (GBIC/
RJ45-GE-100)
Category 5 UTP,
BER < 10
-12
, (SFP/
RJ45-GE-100)

Table D-20 Applications of 1 Gbit/s electrical transceivers
GBIC/RJ45-GE-100m 34100044 1.25 Gigabit Ethernet over Cat 5 cable
SFP/RJ45-GE-100m 34100052 l Switch to switch interface
l Switched backplane applications
l File server interface
SFP/RJ45-GE-100m 34100080 l Switch to switch interface

D.4 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC Optical Module
The 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules of different levels can be applied to the GE interface .
The wavelength of these 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules can be 850 nm, 1310 nm, or 1550
nm and the transmission distance ranges from 0.5 km ( 0.31 mi. ) to 100 km ( 62.14 mi. ).
Table D-21 lists the currently available 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules.
Table D-21 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
GBIC-
GE-
MM850-5
00m
34060041 1000BAS
E-SX
0.5 ( 0.31
mi. )
Multimod
e
850 -
441
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
GBIC-
GE-
SM1310-1
0Km
34060037 1000BAS
E-LX
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
GBIC-
GE-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060042 1000BAS
E-LX
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
GBIC-
GE-
SM1550-6
0Km
34060070 1000BAS
E-ZX
60 ( 37.28
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
GBIC-
GE-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060044 1000BAS
E-ZX
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
GBIC-
GE-
SM1550-1
00Km
34060205 1000BAS
E-ZX
100
( 62.14
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

Table D-22 Basic features of 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3, GBIC R5.4 -
< 1 x 10E
-12
-
Temperature -5C to +70C ( 23F to 158
F )
-
442
Digital diagnosis N/A -
Class 1
-

Table D-23 Specifications of the GBIC-GE-MM850-500 Optical Module
Interface standard - 1000BASE-SX
Transmission rate Mbit/s 1.25 G
Interface type - SC
Transmission distance m 500 ( 1640.4 ft )(50/125 um
MMF)
m 220 ( 721.78 ft )(62.5/125 um
MMF)
Optical transmitter
Optical source type VCSEL
nm 0.85
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -3.5
power
dBm -9.5
Optical receiver
443
Overload power dBm 0
cost
dB N/A

Table D-24 Specifications of the GBIC-GE-SM1310-10K optical module
Interface standard - 1000BASE-LX
Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type FP-LD
nm 4
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -3
power
dBm -9.5
Optical receiver
444
cost
dB N/A

Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter
nm 1.0
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 3
power
dBm -4
Optical receiver
445
cost
dB N/A

Interface standard - 1000BASE-ZX
Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter
nm 1.0
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm 3
power
dBm -2
Optical receiver
446
cost
dB N/A

Interface type - SC
Optical transmitter
nm 1.0
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 5
power
dBm 0
Optical receiver
447
cost
dB N/A

Table D-28 Applications of 1.25 Gbit/s GBIC optical modules
GBIC-GE-
MM850-500m
34060041 l 1.0625Gb/s Fibre Channel
l 1.25 Gigabit Ethernet
GBIC-GE-
SM1310-10Km
GBIC-GE-
SM1310-40Km
GBIC-GE-
SM1550-60Km
GBIC-GE-
SM1550-80Km
GBIC-GE-
SM1550-100Km
34060205 l Metro Access Rings and Pointto-Point
l Gigabit Ethernet
l SANs

The 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the GE interface .
The wavelength of the common 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules can be 850 nm, 1310
nm, or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 0.5 ( 0.31 mi. ) km to 100 km ( 62.14
mi. ). The wavelength of the 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP CWDM optical module ranges from 1470
nm to 1610 nm and the transmission distance is 70 km.
Table D-29 lists the currently available 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules.
448
Table D-29 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-GE-
MM850-5
00m
34060286 1000BAS
E-SX
0.5 ( 0.31
mi. )
Multimod
e
850 Preferred
SFP-GE-
MM850-5
00m
34060049 1000BAS
E-SX
0.5 ( 0.31
mi. )
Multimod
e
850 -
eSFP-GE-
SM1310-1
0Km
34060219 1000BAS
E-LX
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
eSFP-GE-
SM1310-1
0Km
34060473 1000BAS
E-LX
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 Preferred
eSFP-GE-
SMTx131
0/
Rx1490-1
0km
34060470 1000BAS
E-LX
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
Tx1310/
Rx1490
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.
eSFP-GE-
SMTx149
0/
Rx1310-1
0km
34060475 1000BAS
E-LX
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
Tx1490/
Rx1310
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.
eSFP-GE-
SMTx131
0/
Rx1490-4
0km
34060539 1000BAS
E-LX
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
Tx1310/
Rx1490
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.
449
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-GE-
SMTx149
0/
Rx1310-4
0km
34060540 1000BAS
E-LX
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
Tx1490/
Rx1310
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end.
eSFP-GE-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060298 1000BAS
E-LX
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 Preferred
When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
SFP-GE-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060207 1000BAS
E-LX
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
SFP-GE-
SM1550-4
0Km
34060069 1000BAS
E-ZX
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-4
0Km
34060333 1000BAS
E-ZX
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 Preferred
When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
450
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060360 1000BAS
E-ZX
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 Preferred
When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060274 1000BAS
E-ZX
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-1
00Km
34060295 1000BAS
E-ZX
100
( 62.14
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

Table D-30 Basic features of 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3, SFP MSA -
< 1 x 10E
-12
-
Temperature 0C to +70C ( 32F to 158
F )
-
optical modules)
-
Class 1
-

451
Table D-31 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-MM850-500 optical module
Interface standard - 1000BASE-SX
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance m 500 ( 1640.4 ft ) (50/125 um
MMF)
m 200 ( 656.16 ft )(62.5/125 um
MMF)
Optical transmitter
nm 0.85
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -2.5
power
dBm -9.5
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

452
Table D-32 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-SM1310-10K optical module
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm 4
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -3
power
dBm -9
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

453
Table D-33 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-SMTx1310/Rx1490-10K optical module
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB Laser
Center wavelength nm Tx1310/Rx1490
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm -3
power
dBm -9
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm < -19.5
cost
dB N/A

454
Table D-34 Specifications of the eSFP-GE-SMTx1490/Rx1310-10K optical module
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB Laser
Center wavelength nm Tx1490/Rx1310
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm -3
power
dBm -9
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

455
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 0(34060298)
5(34060207)
power
dBm -5(34060298)
-2(34060207)
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

456
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 1
power
dBm -4
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

457
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 5
power
dBm -2
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

458
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 5
power
dBm 0
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

459
Table D-39 Applications of 1.25 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules
eSFP-GE-
MM850-500m
34060286 l 1.25 Gb/s 1000Base-SX Ethernet
l Dual Rate 1.063/2.125 Gb/s Fibre
Channel
SFP-GE-
MM850-500m
34060049 l Switch to switch interface
l iSCSI applications
eSFP-GE-
SM1310-10Km
34060219 l 1.25Gb/s 1000Base-LX Ethernet
l 1.06 Gb/s Fibre Channel
eSFP-GE-
SM1310-10Km
34060473 l Switch to Switch interface
l Router/Server interface
l Other optical transmission systems
eSFP-GE-SMTx1310/
Rx1490-10km
34060470 l Gigabit Ethernet Application
l Point-to-Point FTTX Application
eSFP-GE-SMTx1490/
Rx1310-10km
34060475 l Gigabit Ethernet Application
l Point-to-Point FTTX Application
eSFP-GE-
SM1310-40Km
34060298 l Gigabit Ethernet
l Fiber Channel
SFP-GE-
SM1310-40Km
34060207 l 1.25Gb/s 1000Base-LX Ethernet
l Dual Rate 1.06/2.125 Gb/s Fibre
Channel
SFP-GE-
SM1550-40Km
34060069 l Ethernet switches
l Multi-service switches and routers
l Broadband aggregation and wireless
infrastructure
l High Speed Interface for server farms
l Metro access switch GbE connections
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-40Km
l Gigabit Fiber Channel
l Switch to switch interface
460
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-80Km
34060360 l Gigabit Ethernet 1000Base-ZX
l Gigabit Fiber Channel
l Switch to switch interface
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-80Km
l Fiber Channel
eSFP-GE-
SM1550-100Km
l 1X and 2X Fibre Channel

The 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the STM-16/
OC-48 POS interface. The wavelength of these 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules can be
1310 nm or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 2 km ( 1.24 mi. ) to 80 km ( 49.71
mi. ) .
Table D-40 lists the currently available 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules.
Table D-40 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-
STM16-
SM1310-2
Km
34060288 STM-16
I-16
2 ( 1.24
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
eSFP-
STM16-
SM1310-1
5Km
34060278 STM-16
S-16.1
15 ( 9.32
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
eSFP-
STM16-
SM1310-4
0Km
34060289 STM-16
S-16.1
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
461
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
eSFP-
STM16-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060279 STM-16
L-16.2
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
eSFP-
STM16-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060488 STM-16
L-16.2
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 Preferred
When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

Table D-41 Basic features of 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
MSA
-
< 1 x 10E
-12

optical modules)
-
Class 1
-

Interface standard - STM-16 I-16, OC-48
Interface type - LC
462
Optical transmitter
nm 4
(-20dB)
nm 1
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm -3
power
dBm -10
Optical receiver
cost
dB 1

Interface type - LC
463
Optical transmitter
nm NA
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 0
power
dBm -5
Optical receiver
cost
dB 1

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
464
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 3
power
dBm -2
Optical receiver
cost
dB 1

Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
465
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 3
power
dBm -2
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

Table D-46 Applications of 2.5 Gbit/s SFP/eSFP optical modules
eSFP-STM16-
SM1310-2Km
34060288 SONET OC-48 SR/SDH STM I-16
eSFP-STM16-
SM1310-15Km
34060278 SONET OC-48 SR/SDH STM I-16
eSFP-STM16-
SM1310-40Km
34060289 SONET/SDH
eSFP-STM16-
SM1550-80Km
34060279 l 1/2Fiber Channel
l SDH/SONET
l Other optical links
466
eSFP-STM16-
SM1550-80Km
34060488 l 1/2Fiber Channel
l SDH/SONET
l Other optical links

D.7 10 Gbit/s XFP Optical Module
The 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules of different levels can be applied to the OC-192/STM-64
POS interface and 10 GE interface. The wavelength of the these 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules
can be 850 nm, 1310 nm, or 1550 nm and the transmission distance ranges from 0.3 km ( 0.19
mi. ) to 80 km ( 49.71 mi. ) .
Table D-47 lists the currently available 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules.
Table D-47 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
XFP-10G-
MM850-3
00m
34060362 10GBASE
-SR/SW
0.3 ( 0.19
mi. )
Multimod
e
850 -
XFP-10G-
SM1310-1
0Km
34060313 10GBASE
-LR/LW
STM-64/
OC-192
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
XFP-10G-
SM1550-4
0Km
34060322 10GBASE
-ER/EW
STM-64/
OC-192
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator
XFP-10G-
SM1550-8
0Km
34060361 10GBASE
-ZR/ZW
STM-64/
OC-192
80 ( 49.71
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

467
Table D-48 Basic features of 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3ae 10GE, SONET
OC-192/SDH STM-64, XFP
MSA
XFP-10G-MM850-300 do
not support SONET OC-192/
SDH STM-64
< 1 x 10E
-12

Digital diagnosis XFP MSA INF8077i -
Class 1 laser eye safe
-

Table D-49 Specifications of the XFP-10G-MM850-300 optical module
Interface standard - 10GBASE-SR/SW
Transmission rate Mbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-SR/
SW)
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance m 300 ( 984.24 ft )(50/125um
MMF, OM3)
m 33 ( 108.27 ft )(62.5/125um
MMF, OM1)
Optical transmitter
nm 0.45
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
468
power
dBm -1.3
power
dBm -7.3
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

Table D-50 Specifications of the XFP-10G-SM1310-10K optical module
Interface standard - 10GBASE-LR/LW,
STM-64/OC-192
Transmission rate Gbit/s 9.95328 (STM-64/OC-192)
10.3125 (10GBASE-LR/
LW)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm 1.0
469
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm -1
power
dBm -6
Optical receiver
Overload power dBm 0.5
cost
dB 1

Interface standard - 10GBASE-ER/EW,
STM-64/OC-192
10.3125 (10GBASE-ER/
EW)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type EML
nm 1.0
470
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 2
power
dBm -1
Optical receiver
cost
dB 2

Interface standard - 10GBASE-ER/EW,
STM-64/OC-192
10.3125 (10GBASE-ZR/
ZW)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type EML
471
nm 1.0
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 4
power
dBm 0
Optical receiver
cost
dB 2

Table D-53 Applications of 10 Gbit/s XFP optical modules
XFP-10G-
MM850-300m
34060362 l 10GBASE-SR/SW 10G Ethernet
l 1200-Mx-SN-I 10G Fibre Channel
XFP-10G-
SM1310-10Km
34060313 l SONET OC-192 SR-1 SDH STM I-64.1
l 10GBASE-LR/LW 10G Ethernet
l 1200-SM-LL-L 10G Fibre Channel
l 10GBASE-LR/LW with FEC
l 1200-SM-LL-L 10G Fibre Channel with
FEC
XFP-10G-
SM1550-40Km
34060322 l SONET OC-192 IR-2 SDH STM S-64.2b
SONET OC-192 IR-3 SDH STM S-64.3b
ITU-T G.709
l 10GBASE-ER/EW
l 40km 10G Fibre Channel
472
XFP-10G-
SM1550-80Km
34060361 l SONET OC-192 / SDH STM-64 ITU-T
G.959.1 P1L1-2D2
l 10GBASE-ZR/ZW 80km 10G Ethernet
l Extended 80km 10G Fibre Channel

D.8 10-Gbit/s SFP+ Optical Module
The 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules can only be used on 10 GE interfaces. The wavelength of
the these 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules can be 850 nm, 1310 nm, or 1550 nm. The transmission
distance ranges from 0.3 km ( 0.19 mi. ) to 40 km ( 24.86 mi. ).
Table D-54 lists the currently available 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules.
Table D-54 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
SFP
+-10G-
MM850-3
00m
34060494 10GBASE
-SR
0.3 ( 0.19
mi. )
Multimod
e
850 -
SFP
+-10G-
SM1310-1
0Km
34060495 10GBASE
-LR
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1310 -
473
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
SFP
+-10G-
SM1550-4
0Km
34060518 10GBASE
-ER
40 ( 24.86
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550 The
optical
modules
produced
by
FINISAR
are of the
cooled
type, and
the
initializati
on time
does not
exceed
90s.When
performin
g a self-
loop test,
use an
optical
attenuator

Table D-55 Basic features of 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard IEEE802.3ae 10GE, SFP+
MSA
SONET OC-192/SDH
STM-64 is not supported.
<1x10E
-12
-
Temperature 0C-70C ( 32F to 158F ) -
Digital diagnosis SFF-8472 -
Environment standard RoHS-6 (lead free) -
Security standard IEC 60825-1 Class 1 laser
eye safe
-
ESD >500 V Human body model

474
Table D-56 Specifications of the SFP+-10G-MM850-300 optical module
Interface standard - 10GBASE-SR
Transmission rate Mbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-SR)
Interface type - LC
Transmission distance m 300 ( 984.24 ft )(50/125um
MMF, OM3)
m 33 ( 108.27 ft )(62.5/125um
MMF, OM1)
Optical transmitter
(RMS) spectral width
nm 0.45
(-20 dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -1
power
dBm -7.3
Optical receiver
Receiver sensitivity dBm -7.5
cost
dB N/A

475
Table D-57 Specifications of the SFP+-10G-SM1310-10K optical module
Interface standard - 10GBASE-LR
Transmission rate Gbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-LR)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type DFB
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 0.5
power
dBm -8.2
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

476
Table D-58 Specifications of the SFP+-10G-SM1550-40K optical module
Interface standard - 10GBASE-ER
Transmission rate Gbit/s 10.3125 (10GBASE-ER)
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
Optical source type CML
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm 4
power
dBm -4.7
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

477
Table D-59 Applications of 10-Gbit/s SFP+ optical modules
SFP+-10G-
MM850-300m
34060494 l 10GBASE-SR 10G Ethernet
SFP+-10G-
SM1310-10Km
34060495 l 10GBASE-LR 10G Ethernet
SFP+-10G-
SM1550-40Km
34060518 l 10GBASE-ER

D.9 155-Mbit/s CSFP Optical Module
The 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules can be used on 125-Mbit/s-155-Mbit/s interfaces. The
transmitting center wavelength of a 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical module is 1550 nm, the receiving
center wavelength is 1310 nm, and the transmission distance is 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ).
Table D-60 lists the currently available 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules.
Table D-60 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
OD-
BD1513-3
5SLH
34060555 100Base
BX10
IEEE802.
3ah
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550TX/
1310RX
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.
478
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
PTC3530-
3341W-
LC/PC+
34060555 100Base
BX10
IEEE802.
3ah
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1550TX/
1310RX
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.

Table D-61 Basic features of 155-Mbit/s CSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard 100Base BX10 IEEE802.3ah -
<1x10E
-12
-
Temperature 4085C ( 40F 185 F) -
Class 1
-
ESD 8 KV (contact discharge)/15
KV (air discharge)
-

Table D-62 Specifications of the CSFP-10G-SM1310-10K optical module
Interface standard - 100Base BX10 IEEE802.3ah
Transmission rate Mbit/s 125M to 155Mbps Data Rate
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
479
Optical source type FP
nm N/A
(-20dB)
nm N/A
Minimum side mode
dB N/A
power
dBm -8
power
dBm -14
Optical receiver
cost
dB N/A

Table D-63 Applications of 155Mbps CSFP optical modules
OD-BD1513-35SLH 34060555 l SDH/SONET(STM-1/OC-3)
l Fast Ethernet(100BASE-BX)
l Point to Point FTTH Application
PTC3530-3341W-LC/
PC+
34060555 l SDH/SONET(STM-1/OC-3)
l Fast Ethernet(100BASE-BX)

480
D.10 1.25Gbit/s CSFP Optical Module
The 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules can be used on 1 GE interfaces. The transmitting center
wavelength of a 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical module is 1490 nm, the receiving center wavelength
is 1310 nm, and the transmission distance is 10 km ( 6.21 mi. ).
Table D-64 lists the currently available 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules.
Table D-64 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules
Product
Model
BOM
Number
Interface
Standard
Transmis
sion
Distance
(km)
Mode Wavelen
gth (nm)
Remarks
OD-
BD1223-3
5SL
34060525 1000BAS
E-BX
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1490TX/
1310RX
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.
PTC3830-
554CW-
LC/PC+
34060525 1000BAS
E-BX
10 ( 6.21
mi. )
Single-
mode
1490TX/
1310RX
It is
connected
to a single
fiber that
has a
transmittin
g end and a
receiving
end. It
does not
support
self-loop.

Table D-65 Basic features of 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules and the compliant standards
Interface standard 1000BASE-BX -
<1x10E
-12
-
Temperature 4085C ( 40F 185 F) -
481
Class 1
-
ESD 8 KV (contact discharge)/15
KV (air discharge)
-

Table D-66 Specifications of the CSFP-10G-SM1310-10K optical module
Interface standard - 1000BASE-BX
Transmission rate Gbit/s 1
Interface type - LC
Optical transmitter
nm N/A
(-20 dB)
nm 0.88
Minimum side mode
dB 30
power
dBm -3
power
dBm -9
Optical receiver
482
cost
dB N/A

Table D-67 Applications of 1.25Gbit/s CSFP optical modules
OD-BD1223-35SL 34060525 l 1000BASE-BX
PTC3830-554CW-LC/
PC+
34060525 l 1000BASE-BX

483
E Glossary
A
Asynchronizatio
n
Asynchronization does not use the exact data signals timed by the clock.
The signals have different frequencies and phases. The asynchronizatioin
usually encapsulates the bits into the control flag, which specifies the
beginning and end of the bits.
D
DCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment is a network device composing the
UNI. DCE provides the physical connection to the network, forwards the
data, and provides the clock signals for the DTE.
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory. The information stored in the RAM
must be refreshed periodically. When the contents of the DRAM are being
refreshed, a user cannot access it. Delay can thus occur.
DTE Data terminal equipment is a user device composing the UNI. The DTE
accesses the data network through the DCE equipment (for example,
model) and usually uses the clock signals produced by DCE.
E
EMC Electro magnetic compatibility is the condition which prevails when
telecommunications equipment is performing its individually designed
function in a common electromagnetic environment without causing or
suffering unacceptable degradation due to unintentional electromagnetic
interference to or from other equipment in the same environment.
F
Flash Flash is a kind of special Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
(EEPROM), which can be completely erased and rewritten one time
instead of only one byte.
N
Hardware Description E Glossary
484
NVRAM Nonvolatile Random Access Memory. The data in NVRAM cannot be
lost when the system is Down.
R
RAM Random Access Memory is a memory that can be lost easily, and read
and rewritten by the micro processor.
ROM Read Only Memory is a memory that cannot be lost easily, and can only
be read, but not written by the micro processor.
S
SRAM Static Random Access Memory is a type of random access memory. Its
contents can be saved only if the SRAM is provided with the uninterrupted
power supply. Unlike the DRAM, the SRAM does not need to be refreshed
repeatedly.
Hardware Description E Glossary
485
F Acronyms and Abbreviations
A
AC Alternating Current
ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
AUX Auxiliary (port)
C
CAN Control Area Network
CE1 Channelized E1
CF Compact Flash
CLK Clock Card
CPU Central Processing Unit
CT1 Channelized T1
CTS Clear to Send
D
DC Direct Current
DCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment
DSR Data Set Ready
DTE Data Terminal Equipments
DTR Data Terminal Ready
E
EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility
F
Hardware Description F Acronyms and Abbreviations
486
FAD Fabric Adaptor
FC Patch Cord (Connector + Fiber)
FCB Fan Control Board
FPIC Flexible Plug-in Card
G
GND Ground
I
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
L
LC Lucent Connector
LPU Line Processing Unit
M
MPU Main Processing Unit
N
NEG Negative
NPU Network Processing Unit
NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory
O
ODF Optical Distribution Frame
OFL Offline
P
PC Personal Computer
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PCS Physical Coding Sublayer
PGND Protection Ground
PMD Physical Medium Dependent
R
RJ45 Registered Jack 45
RTS Request to Send
487
RXD Receive Data
S
SC Square Connector
SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic Random Access
Memory
SFU Switch Fabric Unit
SMB Sub-miniature B
SRU Switch Router Unit
T
TXD Transmit Data
U
UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair
V
VRP Versatile Routing Platform

488

NE40E X3&NE40E X8&NE40E X16 Hardware Description (V600R003C00 - 02)

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

NE40E X3&NE40E X8&NE40E X16 Hardware Description (V600R003C00 - 02)

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

HUAWEI NetEngine40E Router

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen